Cisco сбросить счетчик ошибок на интерфейсе

     

Поделиться

Нашли опечатку?

Пожалуйста, сообщите об этом — просто выделите ошибочное слово или фразу и нажмите Shift Enter.

Как просмотреть и сбросить статистику ошибок на интерфейсе Печать

Добавил(а) microsin

  

Команда показывает статистику трафика и ошибок на определённом интерфейсе:

router#show interfaces имя_интерфейса

Пример вывода команды show interfaces:

router#show interfaces Serial0/2/0:1
Serial0/2/0:1 is up, line protocol is up 
  Hardware is GT96K Serial
  Description: Connection to RTKOMM
  Internet address is aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd/30
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1984 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, 
     reliability 255/255, txload 172/255, rxload 138/255
  Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set
  Keepalive set (10 sec)
  Last input 00:00:02, output 00:00:00, output hang never
  Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
  Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 66988
  Queueing strategy: weighted fair
  Output queue: 0/1000/64/18140 (size/max total/threshold/drops) 
     Conversations 0/56/256 (active/max active/max total)
     Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated)
     Available Bandwidth 1488 kilobits/sec
  5 minute input rate 1076000 bits/sec, 396 packets/sec
  5 minute output rate 1346000 bits/sec, 427 packets/sec
     60166148 packets input, 2314071408 bytes, 0 no buffer
     Received 76584 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
     131 input errors, 73 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
     67378787 packets output, 2369449998 bytes, 0 underruns
     0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
     0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
     1 carrier transitions
  Timeslot(s) Used:1-31, SCC: 0, Transmitter delay is 0 flags

Сброс счётчиков (в том числе и ошибок) на определённом интерфейсе

router#clear counters имя_интерфейса

Пример вывода команды clear counters:

router#clear counters Serial0/2/0:1
Clear "show interface" counters on this interface [confirm]
router#show interfaces Serial0/2/0:1
Serial0/2/0:1 is up, line protocol is up 
  Hardware is GT96K Serial
  Description: Connection to RTKOMM
  Internet address is aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd/30
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1984 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, 
     reliability 255/255, txload 166/255, rxload 129/255
  Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set
  Keepalive set (10 sec)
  Last input 00:00:11, output 00:00:06, output hang never
  Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:52
  Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 17
  Queueing strategy: weighted fair
  Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops) 
     Conversations 0/56/256 (active/max active/max total)
     Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated)
     Available Bandwidth 1488 kilobits/sec
  5 minute input rate 1007000 bits/sec, 338 packets/sec
  5 minute output rate 1293000 bits/sec, 370 packets/sec
     15584 packets input, 5961460 bytes, 0 no buffer
     Received 5 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
     0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
     17684 packets output, 7902114 bytes, 0 underruns
     0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
     0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
     0 carrier transitions
  Timeslot(s) Used:1-31, SCC: 0, Transmitter delay is 0 flags

Добавить комментарий

Страница была создана 28.04.2022

Команда показывает статистику трафика и ошибок на определённом интерфейсе:

Switch#show interfaces имя_интерфейса

Пример вывода команды show interfaces, обратите внимание, на выделенный текст желтым цветом.


Switch#show interfaces gi0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
 Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 001e.1478.b7b1 (bia 001e.1478.b7b1)
 Description: SW-2
 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit/sec, DLY 100 usec,
  reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
 Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
 Keepalive set (10 sec)
 Full-duplex, 100Mb/s, media type is 10/100/1000BaseTX
 input flow-control is off, output flow-control is unsupported
 ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
 Last input 00:00:00, output 00:00:00, output hang never
 Last clearing of «show interface» counters never
 Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 42164
 Queueing strategy: fifo
 Output queue: 0/40 (size/max)
 5 minute input rate 781000 bits/sec, 122 packets/sec
 5 minute output rate 183000 bits/sec, 65 packets/sec
  75482 packets input, 104620499 bytes, 0 no buffer
  Received 6352 broadcasts (3951 multicasts)
  0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
  105684 input errors, 103301 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
  0 watchdog, 3951 multicast, 0 pause input
  0 input packets with dribble condition detected
  39937001 packets output, 2917338077 bytes, 0 underruns
  0 output errors, 0 collisions, 4 interface resets
  10 unknown protocol drops
  0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
  0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 pause output
  0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out

После того, как вы устранили вероятную ошибку, нужно сбросить счётчики, чтобы убедиться, что ошибок больше нет.


Switch#clear counters gi0/1

После сброса, повторно проверяем счетчики, как видим счетчики обнулились, в примере я выделил их жёлтым цветом.


Switch#show interfaces gi0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
 Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 001e.1478.b7b1 (bia 001e.1478.b7b1)
 Description: SW-2
 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit/sec, DLY 10 usec,
  reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
 Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
 Keepalive set (10 sec)
 Full-duplex, 1000Mb/s, media type is 10/100/1000BaseTX
 input flow-control is off, output flow-control is unsupported
 ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
 Last input 00:00:00, output 00:00:00, output hang never
 Last clearing of «show interface» counters 00:00:08
 Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
 Queueing strategy: fifo
 Output queue: 0/40 (size/max)
 5 minute input rate 1352000 bits/sec, 306 packets/sec
 5 minute output rate 313000 bits/sec, 91 packets/sec
  1274 packets input, 455165 bytes, 0 no buffer
  Received 199 broadcasts (118 multicasts)
  0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
  0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
  0 watchdog, 118 multicast, 0 pause input
  0 input packets with dribble condition detected
  663 packets output, 312346 bytes, 0 underruns
  0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
  0 unknown protocol drops
  0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
  0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 pause outputv
  0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out

В таблице показаны некоторые значение и описания к ним.

Table Of Contents

Cisco NX-OS Interfaces Commands

attach fex

auto-recovery

bandwidth (interface)

beacon

bfd

bfd authentication

bfd echo

bfd echo-interface

bfd interval

bfd ipv4

bfd optimize subinterfaces

bfd per-link

bfd slow-timer

carrier-delay

channel-group

clear counters interface

clear l2protocol tunnel counters

clear lacp counters

clear vpc statistics

default interface

delay

delay restore

delay restore interface-vlan

description

description (fex)

dual-active exclude interface-vlan

duplex

encapsulation dot1Q

errdisable detect cause

errdisable recovery cause

errdisable recovery interval

feature bfd

feature interface-vlan

feature lacp

feature-set fex

feature tunnel

feature udld

feature vpc

fex

fex associate

flowcontrol

graceful consistency-check

hsrp bfd

inherit port-profile

install feature-set fex

interface cmp-mgmt module

interface ethernet

interface loopback

interface mgmt

interface port-channel

interface tunnel

interface vlan

ip eigrp bfd

ip ospf bfd

ip pim bfd

ip pim bfd-instance

ip route static bfd

ipv6 eigrp bfd

isis bfd

fabricpath switch-id

l2protocol tunnel

l2protocol tunnel cos

l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold

l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold

lacp max-bundle

lacp min-links

lacp port-priority

lacp rate

lacp system-priority

link debounce

load-interval

max-ports

mdix auto

medium

mtu

peer-gateway

peer-keepalive destination

peer-switch

port-channel load-balance

port-profile

rate-mode dedicated

rate-mode shared

reload fex

reload restore

role priority

serial

show bfd neighbors

show environment fex

show fex

show fex detail

show fex transceiver

show fex version

show interface

show interface brief

show interface capabilities

show interface counters

show interface counters errors

show interface counters storm-control

show interface counters trunk

show interface debounce

show interface description

show interface ethernet

show interface flowcontrol

show interface mgmt

show interface port-channel

show interface port-channel counters

show interface transceiver fex-fabric

show interface status

show interface switchport

show interface transceiver

show interface trunk

show interface tunnel

show inventory fex

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

show lacp counters

show lacp interface

show lacp neighbor

show lacp port-channel

show lacp system-identifier

show logging level fex

show module fex

show port-channel capacity

show port-channel compatibility-parameters

show port-channel database

show port-channel load-balance

show port-channel rbh-distribution

show port-channel summary

show port-channel traffic

show port-channel usage

show port-profile

show running-config fex

show running-config interface

show running-config interface mgmt

show running-config vpc

show sprom fex

show startup-config interface

show startup-config vpc

show system reset-reason fex

show tech fex all

show tech-support fex

show udld

show vdc

show version fex

show vpc brief

show vpc consistency-parameters

show vpc orphan-ports

show vpc peer-keepalive

show vpc role

show vpc statistics

shutdown

speed

state enabled

switchport

switchport access vlan

switchport autostate exclude

switchport dot1q ethertype

switchport host

switchport mode

switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

switchport mode fex-fabric

switchport trunk allowed vlan

switchport trunk native vlan

system default switchport

system jumbomtu

system-mac

system-priority

track

tunnel destination

tunnel mode

tunnel path-mtu-discovery

tunnel source

tunnel use-vrf

tunnel ttl

type

udld

udld aggressive

udld message-time

udld reset

vlan dot1q tag native

vpc

vpc domain

vpc orphan-ports suspend

vpc peer-link

Cisco NX-OS Interfaces Commands


This chapter describes the Cisco NX-OS interfaces commands.

attach fex

To access the command-line interface (CLI) of a connected Fabric Extender to run diagnostic commands, use the attach fex command.

attach fex chassis-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the attach fex command to access the CLI on a connected Fabric Extender and perform diagnostic commands. We recommend that you use this command only by following the directions from Cisco technical support personnel.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to access the command-line interface (CLI) of a connected Fabric Extender to run diagnostic commands:

switch(config)# attach fex 101

To exit type 'exit', to abort type '$.'

Bad terminal type: "ansi". Will assume vt100.

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

auto-recovery

To configure the virtual port channel (vPC) for auto recovery if its peer is presumed nonoperational, use the auto-recovery command. To reset the vPC to the standard behavior, use the no form of this command.

auto-recovery reload-delay time-out-value

no auto-recovery reload-delay time-out-value

Syntax Description

reload-delay

Specifies the duration to wait after reload to recovery vPCs.

time-out-value

Timeout value for restoring vPC links in seconds. The range is from 240 to 3600.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

VPC domain configuration mode (config-vpc-domain)

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the vPC status in brief:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# auto-recovery reload-delay 350

 Enables restoring of vPCs in a peer-detached state after reload, will wait for

350 seconds to determine if peer is un-reachable

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

This example shows how to revert the vPC to the standard behavior:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# no auto-recovery reload-delay 350

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc

Moves other port channels into the vPC.

vpc domain

Creates a vPC domain.

bandwidth (interface)

To set the inherited and received bandwidth values for an interface, use the bandwidth command in interface configuration mode. To restore the default values, use the no form of this command.

bandwidth {kbps | inherit [kbps]}

no bandwidth {kbps | inherit [kbps]}

Syntax Description

kbps

Intended bandwidth, in kilobits per second. The range if from 1 to 10000000.

inherit

(Optional) Specifies the inherited bandwidth such as how a subinterface inherits the bandwidth of its main interface.

Defaults

1000000 kbps

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The bandwidth command sets an informational parameter to communicate only the current bandwidth to the higher-level protocols; you cannot adjust the actual bandwidth of an interface using this command.


Note This is a routing parameter only. It does not affect the physical interface.


The bandwidth inherit command controls how a subinterface inherits the bandwidth of its main interface.

The no bandwidth inherit command enables all subinterfaces to inherit the default bandwidth of the main interface, regardless of the configured bandwidth. If a bandwidth is not configured on a subinterface, and you use the bandwidth inherit command, all subinterfaces inherit the current bandwidth of the main interface. If you configure a new bandwidth on the main interface, all subinterfaces use this new value.

If you do not configure a bandwidth on the subinterface and you configure the bandwidth inherit command on the main interface, the subinterfaces inherit the specified bandwidth.

In all cases, if an interface has an explicit bandwidth setting configured, that interface uses that setting, regardless of whether the bandwidth inheritance setting is in effect.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure all subinterfaces off this main interface to inherit the configured bandwidth:

switch(config-if)# bandwidth inherit 30000

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays the interface configuration information.

beacon

To enable the beacon mode for an interface, use the beacon command. To disable the beacon mode for an interface, use the no form of this command.

beacon

no beacon

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The beacon mode allows you to identify a physical port by flashing its link-state LED with a green light. To identify the physical port for an interface, you activate the beacon parameter for the interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the beacon mode for the Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# beacon

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays the interface status, which includes the beacon mode state.

bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for a protocol, use the bfd command. To disable BFD for a protocol, use the no form of this command.

bfd

no bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

BFD is not enabled on the protocol.

Command Modes

Router configuration
Neighbor configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

There are two methods to configure protocols to use BFD for failure detection. To enable BFD for all neighbors or interfaces of a protocol, enter the bfd command in router configuration mode for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2), and Intermediate-System-to-Intermediate-System (IS-IS) or in neighbor configuration mode for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). If you do not want to enable BFD on all interfaces, see the interface-level BFD enable commands in the Related Commands section.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for all EIGRP neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp Test1

switch(config-router)# bfd 

This example shows how to enable BFD for all BGP neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 1.1

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 1.0

switch(config-router-neighbor)# bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

hsrp bfd

Enables BFD on an HSRP interface.

ip eigrp bfd

Enables BFD on an EIGRP interface.

ip ospf bfd

Enables BFD on an OSPFv2 interface.

isis bfd

Enables BFD on an IS-IS interface.

bfd authentication

To configure SHA-1 authentication for all bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) sessions on the interface, use the bfd authentication command. To remove the SHA-1 authentication configuration, use the no form of this command.

bfd authentication keyed-SHA1 key-id id hex-key key ascii-key

no bfd authentication keyed-SHA1 key-id id key ascii-key

Syntax Description

key-id

Specifies the key ID to use in BFD frames.

id

Key ID value. The range is from 1 to 255.

hex-key

HEX binary SHA1 secret. A hex-key can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 40 characters.

key

Specifies ASCII SHA1 secret.

ascii-key

SHA1 secret value. An ascii key can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration (config-if)

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure SHA-1 authentication for all BFD sessions on the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# bfd authentication keyed-SHA1 key-id 23 key cisco123

This example shows how to disable SHA-1 authentication on the interface:

switch(config-if)# no bfd authentication keyed-SHA1 key-id 23 key cisco123

Related Commands

Command

Description

show running-config interface

Displays the running configuration for a specific interface.

show running-config bfd

Displays the BFD running configuration.

bfd echo

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) echo mode, use the bfd echo command. To disable BFD echo mode, use the no form of this command.

bfd echo

no bfd echo

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

BFD echo mode is enabled by default.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When echo mode is enabled, the required minimum receive interval value is taken from the BFD slow-timer setting.


Note Before using BFD echo mode, you must disable the IP packet verification check for identical IP source and destination addresses by entering the no hardware ip verify address identical command in the default virtual device context (VDC).



Note Before using BFD echo mode, you must disable the sending of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirect messages by entering the no ip redirects command.


Use the no bfd echo command to stop sending echo packets and signify that the device is unwilling to forward echo packets that are received from BFD neighbors. The RequiredMinEchoRx BFD session parameter is set to zero when echo mode is disabled.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure echo mode between BFD neighbors:

switch(config)# interface Ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd echo

This example shows that the BFD session neighbor is up and using BFD echo mode. The relevant command output is shown in bold in the output:

switch# show bfd neighbors details

OurAddr       NeighAddr      LD/RD  RH/RS    Holdown(mult)State    Int

172.16.1.2    172.16.1.1     1/6    Up       0    (3 )    Up       Fa0/1

Session state is UP and using echo function with 50 ms interval.

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 1000000, MinRxInt: 1000000, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 1000000, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 3000(0), Hello (hits): 1000(337)

Rx Count: 341, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/1008/882 last: 364 ms ago

Tx Count: 339, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/1016/886 last: 632 ms ago

Registered protocols: EIGRP

Last packet: Version: 1            - Diagnostic: 0

             State bit: Up         - Demand bit: 0

             Poll bit: 0           - Final bit: 0

             Multiplier: 3         - Length: 24

             My Discr.: 6          - Your Discr.: 1

             Min tx interval: 1000000    - Min rx interval: 1000000

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

bfd interval

Configures the BFD session parameters.

bfd slow-timer

Configures the BFD RequiredminEchoRx interval.

hardware ip verify address identical

Enables verifying that IP packets do not have the same address for IP source and IP destination fields.

ip redirects

Enables the sending of ICMP redirect messages if the Cisco IOS software is forced to resend a packet through the same interface on which it was received.

bfd echo-interface

To configure the IP address on the loopback interface, use the bfd echo-interface command. To revert the source address of the echo frames to that of the interface, use the no form of this command.

bfd echo-interface loopback interface number

no bfd echo-interface loopback interface number

Syntax Description

loopback

Specifies the loopback interface.

interface number

Virtual interface number. The range is from 0 to 1023.

Defaults

The source ip address for echo packets is set to the same as configured on the interface. This command

changes the source address for the echo packets to the one configured on the specified loopback

interface.

Command Modes

Global Configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not use the loopback interface directly but uses the ip address configured on the loopback interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure interface used for BFD echo frames:

switch(config)# bfd echo-interface loopback 1

This example shows how to disable interface used for BFD echo frames:

switch(config)# no bfd echo-interface loopback 1

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

bfd interval

Configures the BFD session parameters.

bfd slow-timer

Configures the BFD RequiredminEchoRx interval.

hardware ip verify address identical

Enables verifying that IP packets do not have the same address for IP source and IP destination fields.

ip redirects

Enables the sending of ICMP redirect messages if the Cisco IOS software is forced to resend a packet through the same interface on which it was received.

bfd interval

To configure the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session parameters, use the bfd interval command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

bfd interval mintx min_rx msec multiplier value

no bfd interval mintx min_rx msec multiplier value

Syntax Description

mintx

Rate at which BFD control packets are sent to BFD neighbors. The configurable range is from 50 to 999.

min_rx msec

Specifies the rate at which BFD control packets are expected to be received from BFD neighbors. The range is from 50 to 999.

multiplier value

Specifies the number of consecutive BFD control packets that must be missed from a BFD neighbor before BFD declares that the neighbor is unavailable and the BFD neighbor is informed of the failure. The range is from 1 to 50.

Defaults

BFD interval: 50 milliseconds
min_rx: 50 milliseconds
multiplier: 3

Command Modes

Global configuration
Interface configuration

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BFD session parameters configured at the interface level take precedence over the globally configured BFD session parameters.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the BFD session parameters for Ethernet interface 3/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# bfd interval 50 min_rx 20 multiplier 3

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

show bfd neighbors

Displays information about BFD neighbors.

bfd ipv4

To disable the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) IPV4 sessions on the interface, use the bfd ipv4 command. To revert to the default settings, use the no form of this command.

bfd ipv4

no bfd ipv4

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable the IPV4 sessions:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd ipv4

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

show bfd neighbors

Displays information about BFD neighbors.

bfd optimize subinterfaces

To optimize subinterfaces on a physical interface for Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD), use the bfd optimize subinterfaces command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

bfd optimize subinterfaces

no bfd optimize subinterfaces

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can optimize subinterfaces, because BFD creates sessions for all configured subinterfaces. BFD sets the subinterface with the lowest configured VLAN ID as the master subinterface and that subinterface uses the BFD session parameters of the parent interface. The remaining subinterfaces use the slow timer. If the master subinterface session detects an error, BFD marks all subinterfaces on that physical interface as down.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable subinterface optimization:

switch(config)# interface Ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd optimize subinterfaces

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

bfd per-link

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for all links in a port channel, use the bfd per-link command. To disable BFD for a port channel, use the no form of this command.

bfd per-link

no bfd per-link

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

BFD is not enabled on the port channel.

Command Modes

Port channel configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Us the bfd per-link command to enable BFD on each link in a port channel. BFD creates a session for each link in the port channel and provides an aggregate result to client protocols. For example, if the BFD session for one link on a port channel is up, BFD informs client protocols such as open shortest path (OSPF) that the port channel is up. The BFD session parameters are negotiated between the BFD peers in a three-way handshake.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for port channel 3:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface port-channel 3

switch(config-if)# bfd per-link

This example shows how to configure the BFD session parameters for a port channel:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface port-channel 3

switch(config-if)# bfd interval 50 min_rx 50 multiplier 3 

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd echo

Enables BFD echo mode.

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

bfd interval

Configures the BFD session parameters

bfd slow-timer

To configure the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) slow timer value, use the bfd slow-timer command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

bfd slow-timer milliseconds

no bfd slow-timer milliseconds

Syntax Description

milliseconds

BFD slow timer value, in milliseconds. The range is from 1000 to 30000.

Defaults

The default BFD slow timer value is 2000 milliseconds.

Command Modes

Global configuration
Interface configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the bfd slow-timer command to configure how fast a BFD session comes up. This value also sets the RequiredMinRx (or min_rx) value when echo mode is enabled.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows that the BFD slow timer value is configured to 14,000 milliseconds:

switch(config)# bfd slow-timer 14000

This example shows that the BFD slow timer value of 14,000 milliseconds has been implemented. The values for the MinTxInt and MinRxInt correspond to the configured value for the BFD slow timer. The relevant command output is shown in bold.

switch# show bfd neighbors details

OurAddr       NeighAddr     LD/RD  RH/RS   Holdown(mult)  State     Int

172.16.10.1   172.16.10.2   1/1    Up      0    (3 )      Up        Et2/0

Session state is UP and using echo function with 50 ms interval.

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 14000, MinRxInt: 14000, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 10000, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 3600(0), Hello (hits): 1200(418)

Rx Count: 422, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/1480/1087 last: 112 ms ago

Tx Count: 420, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/2088/1090 last: 872 ms ago

Registered protocols: OSPF

Last packet: Version: 1            - Diagnostic: 0

             State bit: Up         - Demand bit: 0

             Poll bit: 0           - Final bit: 0

             Multiplier: 3         - Length: 24

             My Discr.: 1          - Your Discr.: 1

             Min tx interval: 14000 - Min rx interval: 14000

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd echo

Enables BFD echo mode.

carrier-delay

To set the carrier delay on an interface, use the carrier-delay command. To return to the default carrier delay value, use the no form of this command.

carrier-delay {sec | {msec value}}

no carrier-delay

Syntax Description

sec

Seconds of delay. The range is from 0 to 60.

msec

Specifies milliseconds of delay.

value

Milliseconds of delay. The range is from 0 to 1000.

Defaults

The default is 100 milliseconds.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines


Note You must enable the VLAN interface feature, using the feature interface-vlan command, before you can use this command.


If a link goes down and comes back up before the carrier delay timer expires, the down state is effectively filtered, and the rest of the software on the device is not aware that a link-down event occurred. A large carrier delay timer results in fewer link-up/link-down events being detected. When you set the carrier delay time to 0, the device detects each link-up/link-down event that occurs.


Note The carrier-delay command is supported only on the VLAN interface mode; no other interface modes support this command.


In most environments, a lower carrier delay time is better than a higher one. The value that you choose depends on the nature of the link outages and how long you expect these linkages to last in your network. If your data links are subject to short outages (especially if those outages last less time than it takes for your IP routing to converge), you should set a long carrier delay value to prevent these short outages from causing unnecessary churn in your routing tables. However, if you outages tend to be longer, then you may want to set a shorter carrier delay time so that the outages are detected sooner, and the IP route convergence begins and ends sooner.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the carrier delay timer to 20 minutes for VLAN 6:

switch(config)# interface vlan 6

switch(config-if)# carrier-delay 20

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface vlan

Displays information about VLAN interfaces.

channel-group

To assign and configure a physical interface to a port-channel group, use the channel-group command. To remove the channel-group configuration from the interface, use the no form of this command.

channel-group number [force] [mode {active | on | passive}]

no channel-group [number]

Syntax Description

number

Number of the channel group. The maximum number of port channels that can be configured is 256 across all virtual device contexts (VDCs), and the range is from 1 to 4096.

force

(Optional) Forces the interface to join the channel group, although some parameters are not compatible. For information on the compatibility parameters and which ones can be forced, see the Usage Guidelines section.

mode

Specifies the port-channel mode of the interface.

active

Specifies that when you enable the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), this command enables LACP on the specified interface. The interface is in an active negotiating state, in which the port initiates negotiations with other ports by sending LACP packets.

on

Specifies the default channel mode and all port channels that are not running LACP remain in this mode. If you attempt to change the channel mode to active or passive before enabling LACP, the device returns an error message.
After you enable LACP globally by using the feature lacp command, you enable LACP on each channel by configuring the channel mode as either active or passive. An interface in this mode does not initiate or respond to LACP packets. When an LACP attempts to negotiate with an interface in the on state, it does not receive any LACP packets and becomes an individual link with that interface; it does not join the channel group.

The default mode is on.

passive

Specifies that when you enable LACP, this command enables LACP only if an LACP device is detected.The interface is in a passive negotiation state, in which the port responds to LACP packets that it receives but does not initiate LACP negotiation.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to create a channel group that includes the interface that you are working on and to add or remove specific interfaces from the channel group. Use this command to move a port from one channel group to another. You enter the channel group that you want the port to move to; the device automatically removes the specified port from its present channel group and adds that port to the specified channel group.

After you enable LACP globally by using the feature lacp command, you enable LACP on each channel by configuring the channel mode as either active or passive. A port channel in the on channel mode is a pure port channel and can aggregate a maximum of eight ports. It does not run LACP.

You cannot change the mode for an existing port channel or any of its interfaces if that port channel is not running LACP; the channel mode remains as on. The system returns an error message if you try.

All ports in one port channel must be in the same virtual device context (VDC). With LACP enabled, this requirement applies to the possible eight active ports and the possible eight standby ports. The port channels can originate in one VDC (with all ports in that channel in the same VDC) and partner with a port channel in another VDC (again, all ports in that channel must be in that VDC).

Use the no form of this command to remove the physical interface from the port channel. When you delete the last physical interface from a port channel, the port channel remains. To delete the port channel completely, use the no form of this interface port-channel command.

The compatibility check includes the following operational attributes:

Network layer

(Link) speed capability

Speed configuration

Duplex capability

Duplex configuration

Port mode

Access VLAN

Trunk native VLAN

Tagged or untagged

Allowed VLAN list

MTU size

SPAN—Cannot be SPAN source or destination port

Layer 3 Ports —Cannot have subinterfaces

Storm control

Flow control capability

Flow control configuration

Use the show port-channel compatibility-parameters command to see the full list of compatibility checks that the Cisco NX-OS uses.

You can only add interfaces configured with the channel mode set to on to static port channels, that is without a configured aggregation protocol and you can only add interfaces configured with the channel mode as active or passive to port channels that are running LACP.

You can configure these attributes on an individual member port. If you configure a member port with an incompatible attribute, Cisco NX-OS suspends that port in the port channel.

Alternatively, you can force ports with incompatible parameters to join the port channel as long the following parameters are the same:

(Link) speed capability

Speed configuration

Duplex capability

Duplex configuration

Flow control capability

Flow control configuration

When the interface joins a port channel, some of its individual parameters are removed and replaced with the values on the port channel as follows:

Bandwidth

Delay

Extended Authentication Protocol over UDP

VRF

IP address (v4 and v6)

MAC address

Spanning Tree Protocol

NAC

Service policy

Quality of Service (QoS)

ACLs

Many of the following interface parameters remain unaffected with the interface joins or leaves a port channel:

Beacon

Description

CDP

LACP port priority

Debounce

UDLD

MDIX

Rate mode

Shutdown

SNMP trap

If subinterfaces are configured for the port-channel interface and a member port is removed from the port channel, the configuration of the port-channel subinterface is not propagated to the member ports.

Any configuration changes that you make in any of the compatibility parameters to the port-channel interface are propagated to all interfaces within the same channel group as the port channel (for example, configuration changes are also propagated to the physical interfaces that are not part of the port channel but are part of the channel group).

You do not have to create a port-channel interface before you assign a physical interface to a channel group. A port-channel interface is created automatically when the channel group gets its first physical interface, if it is not already created.

You can create either a Layer 2 or a Layer 3 port channel by entering the interface port-channel command or when the channel group gets its first physical interface assignment. The port channels are not created at run time or dynamically.


Note The number of ports allowed in a port-channel (for ON mode) is different between M1 modules and F1 modules (D1) only VDCs. The number is 8 for M1 modules or M1-F1 VDCs and 16 for F1 modules.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to add an interface to LACP channel group 5 in active mode:

switch(config-if)# channel-group 5 mode active

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface port-channel

Displays information about the traffic on the specified port-channel interface.

show port-channel summary

Displays information on the port channels.

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

clear counters interface

To clear the interface counters, use the clear counters interface command.

clear counters interface {all | ethernet slot/port | loopback number | mgmt number | port-channel channel-number | tunnel tunnel-number | vlan vlan-number}

Syntax Description

all

Clears all interface counters

ethernet slot/port

Clears the Ethernet interface counter for the slot number and port number specified.

loopback number

Clears the loopback interface counter for the virtual interface number specified. The range is from 0 to 1023.

mgmt number

Clears the management interface counter for the number specified. The number is 0.

port-channel channel-number

Clears the port-channel interface for the number specified. The range is from 1 to 4096.

tunnel tunnel-number

Clears the port-channel interface for the number specified. The range is from 0 to 65535.

vlan vlan-number

Clears the port-channel interface for the number specified. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear and reset the counters on Ethernet port 5/5:

switch# clear counters interface ethernet 5/5

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface counters

Displays in and out counters for all interfaces in the system.

clear l2protocol tunnel counters

To clear the Layer 2 protocol tunnel statistics counters, use the clear l2protocol tunnel counters command.

clear l2protocol tunnel counters [interface if-range]

Syntax Description

interface

Specifies the interface statistics to clear.

if-range

(Optional) Range of interfaces.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If no interfaces are specified, the Layer 2 protocol tunnel statistics are cleared for all interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the Layer 2 protocol tunnel statistics counters:

switch# clear l2protocol tunnel counters 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show l2protocol tunnel

Displays Layer 2 protocol tunnel information.

clear lacp counters

To clear the statistics for all interfaces for Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) groups, use the clear lacp counters command.

clear lacp counters [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) LACP port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you enter this command for a static port-channel group without enabling the aggregation protocol, the device ignores the command.

If you do not specify a channel number, the LACP counters for all LACP port groups are cleared.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all LACP counters:

switch(config)# clear lacp counters

This example shows how to clear all LACP counters for the LACP port-channel group 20:

switch(config)# clear lacp counters interface port-channel 20

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp counters

Displays information about LACP statistics.

clear vpc statistics

To clear virtual port-channel (vPC) statistics, use the clear vpc statistics command.

clear vpc statistics {all | peer-keepalive | peer-link | vpc number}

Syntax Description

all

Clears all vPC statistics on the local vPC peer device.

peer-keepalive

Clears the vPC peer-keepalive statistics on the local vPC peer device.

peer-link

Clears statistics on the local vPC peer device.

vpc number

Clears vPC statistics on the specified vPC. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the clear vpc statistics command to clear the vPC statistics. If the feature is not enabled, this command is unavailable.

The clear vpc statistics peer-link and clear vpc statistics vpc number commands are redirected to the appropriate port channel and the clear statistics port-channel channel-number command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the statistics for vPC 10:

switch(config)# clear vpc statistics vpc 10

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc statistics

Displays vPC statistical information on vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

default interface

To create a checkpoint of the running configuration for rollback purposes, use the default interface command.

default interface if [checkpoint name]

Syntax Description

if

Interface type and number in module/slot format.

checkpoint

(Optional) Creates a configuration rollback checkpoint.

name

(Optional) Checkpoint name. The maximum size is 80 alphanumeric.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to return an interface to it’s default state. All the user configuration under the specified interface(s) is deleted upon the successful completion of the command. You can optionally create a checkpoint before deleting the interface configuration, so that you can later choose roll back to the original configuration.


Caution
When using this command, you delete the configuration of the specified interfaces unless you enter the checkpoint keyword. The optional checkpoint keyword allows you to create a checkpoint of the interface configuration to that you can later roll back to the original configuration.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a checkpoint of the running configuration for rollback purposes:

switch(config)# default interface ethernet 2/1 checkpoint test

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

delay

To configure the interface throughput delay for Ethernet interfaces, use the delay command. To remove the configured throughput delay, use the no form of this command.

delay value

no delay

Syntax Description

value

Delay time in tens of microseconds. The range is from 1 to 16777215.

Defaults

10 microseconds for all interfaces except loopback ports

5000 microseconds for loopback ports

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 4.2(1) for the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series devices, the default delay values are changed. Prior to this release, all the default delay value for all interfaces was 100 microseconds.

After upgrading from an older release, when you enter the show running command on a VLAN interface, the display shows an additional configuration of «delay 100». If you want to revert the delay value to the new default, enter the no delay command for that VLAN interface.

Specifying a value for the throughput delay provides a value for use by Layer 3 protocols; it does not change the actual throughput delay of an interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the throughput-delay time to 100,000 microseconds for the slot 3 port 1 Ethernet interface:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# delay 10000

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the delay parameter.

delay restore

To delay the virtual port channel (vPC) from coming up on the restored vPC peer device after a reload when the peer adjacency is already established, use the delay restore command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

delay restore seconds

no delay restore seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Number of seconds to delay bringing up the restored vPC peer device. The range is from 1 to 3600.

Defaults

30 seconds

Command Modes

vpc-domain command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the delay restore command to avoid upstream traffic from the access device to the core from being dropped when you restore the vPC peer devices. If the restored vPCs come up before the routing tables are converged, you might see packet drops.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the delay reload:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore 40

Related Commands

Command

Description

delay restore interface-vlan

Allows Layer 3 routing protocols to converge and Forwarding Information Base (FIB) programming to complete for a more graceful restoration of switched virtual interfaces (SVI).

feature vpc

Enables vPC configuration on the device.

delay restore interface-vlan

To allow Layer 3 routing protocols to converge and Forwarding Information Base (FIB) programming to complete for a more graceful restoration of switched virtual interfaces (SVI) on the restored virtual port channel (vPC) after the delay of the vPC from coming up on the restored vPC peer device, use the delay restore interface-vlan command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

delay restore interface-vlan seconds

no delay restore interface-vlan seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Number of seconds to delay bringing up the SVIs on the vPC peer device. The range is from 1 to 3600.

Defaults

10 seconds

Command Modes

vpc-domain command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the delay restore command to avoid upstream traffic from the access device to the core from being dropped when you restore the vPC peer devices. If the restored vPCs come up before the routing tables are converged, you might see packet drops.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the delay reload:

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore 60

switch(config-vpc-domain)# delay restore interface-vlan 30

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

delay restore

Delays the virtual port channel (vPC) from coming up on the restored vPC peer device after a reload when the peer adjacency is already established.

feature vpc

Enables vPC configuration on the device.

description

To provide textual interface descriptions for the Ethernet and management interfaces, use the description command. To remove the description, use the no form of this command.

description text

Syntax Description

text

Description for the interface that you are configuring. The maximum range is 80 alphanumeric, case-sensitive characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You use the description command to provide textual interface descriptions.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to add the description server1 to the Ethernet interface on slot 5, port 2:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 5/1

switch(config-if)# description server1

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the description parameter.

description (fex)

To specify a description for a Fabric Extender, use the description command. To revert to the default description, use the no form of this command.

description description

no description

Syntax Description

description

Description of a Fabric Extender. The default is the string FEXxxxx where xxxx is the chassis ID. For example, if the chassis ID is 123, the default description is FEX0123. The maximum length is 20 alphanumeric characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Fabric Extender configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify a description for a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config-fex)# description Rack16_FEX101 

This example shows how to revert to the default description for a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config-fex)# no description 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

dual-active exclude interface-vlan

To ensure that certain VLAN interfaces are not shut down on the virtual port-channel (vPC) secondary peer device when the vPC peer link fails for those VLANs carried on the vPC peer link but not by the vPC configuration, use the dual-active exclude interface-vlan command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

dual-active exclude interface-vlan {range}

no dual-active exclude interface-vlan {range}

Syntax Description

range

Range of VLAN interfaces that you want to exclude from shutting down. The range is from 1 to 4094.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

vpc-domain configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the dual-active exclude interface-vlan command to ensure that those VLAN interfaces on the vPC secondary peer device that are carried on the vPC peer link but not by the vPC configuration do not go down if the vPC peer link fails. The VLAN interfaces must have already been configured.


Caution
We do not recommend that you configure an interface-VLAN exclude for a VLAN carried on a vPC because this action might cause packet losses on dual-active devices if the interface-VLAN still captures Layer 3 traffic while the vPC primary device and the vPC peer link are down.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the device to keep the VLAN interfaces up on the vPC peer devices if the peer link fails:

switch(config)# vpc-domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# dual-active exclude interface-vlan 10

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc-domain

Configures a vPC domain and enters the vpc-domain configuration mode.

duplex

To specify the duplex mode as full, half, or autonegotiate, use the duplex command. To return the system to default mode, use the no form of this command.

duplex {full | half | auto}

no duplex {full | half | auto}

Syntax Description

full

Specifies the duplex mode as full.

half

Specifies the duplex mode as half.

auto

Specifies the duplex mode as autonegotiate.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The interface speed that you specify can affect the duplex mode used for an interface, so you should set the speed before setting the duplex mode. If you set the speed for autonegotiation, the duplex mode is automatically set to be autonegotiated. If you specify 10- or 100-Mbps speed, the port is automatically configured to use half-duplex mode, but you can specify full-duplex mode instead. Gigabit Ethernet is full duplex only. You cannot change the duplex mode on Gigabit Ethernet ports or on a 10/100/1000-Mbps port that is set for Gigabit Ethernet.

See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Interfaces Configuration Guide, Release 5.x, for more information on interface speed and duplex settings.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the duplex mode for full duplex:

switch(config-if)# duplex full

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the duplex parameter.

encapsulation dot1Q

To enable IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation of traffic on a specified subinterface in a virtual LAN (VLAN), use the encapsulation dot1q command. To disable encapsulation, use the no form of this command.

encapsulation dot1Q vlan-id

no encapsulation dot1Q vlan-id

Syntax Description

vlan-id

VLAN to set when the interface is in access mode. The range is from 1 to 4094 except for the VLANs reserved for internal switch use.

Defaults

No encapsulation

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation is configurable on Ethernet interfaces. IEEE 802.1Q is a standard protocol for interconnecting multiple switches and routers and for defining VLAN topologies.

Use the encapsulation dot1q command in subinterface range configuration mode to apply a VLAN ID to the subinterface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable dot1Q encapsulation on a subinterface for VLAN 30:

switch(config-subif)# encapsulation dot1q 30

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vlan dot1Q

Displays dot1Q encapsulation information for a VLAN.

errdisable detect cause

To enable error-disabled (errdisable) detection for an application, use the errdisable detect cause command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

errdisable detect cause {acl-exception | all | link-flap | loopback}

no errdisable detect cause {acl-exception | all | link-flap | loopback}

Syntax Description

acl-
exception

Enables error-disabled detection for access-list installation failures.

all

Enables error-disabled detection on all causes.

link-flap

Enables error-disabled disable detection on link-state flapping.

loopback

Enables error-disabled detection on loopback.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the errdisable detect cause command to enable error detection for an application.

A cause is defined as the reason why the error-disabled state occurred. When a cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in an error-disabled state. This error-disabled state is an operational state that is similar to the link-down state. You must enter the shutdown command and then the no shutdown command to recover an interface manually from the error-disabled state.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable error-disabled detection on all cases:

switch(config)# errdisable detect cause all

Related Commands

Command

Description

shutdown

Brings the port down administratively.

no shutdown

Brings the port up administratively.

show interface status err-disabled

Displays the interface error-disabled state.

errdisable recovery cause

To enable an automatic recovery from the error-disabled (errdisable) state for an application, use the errdisable recovery cause command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

errdisable recovery cause {all | bpduguard | link-flap | failed-port-state | psecure-violation | security-violation | storm-control | udld | vpc-peerlink}

no errdisable recovery cause {all | bpduguard | link-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | storm-control | udld | vpc-peerlink}

Syntax Description

all

Enables an automatic recovery from all causes.

bpduguard

Enables an automatic recovery from BPDU Guard error-disabled state.

link-flap

Enables an automatic recovery from link-state flapping.

failed-port
state

Enables a timer automatic recovery from the STP set port state failure.

psecure-
violation

Enables a timer automatic recovery from the psecure violation disable state.

security-
violation

Enables an automatic recovery from the 802.1X violation disable state.

storm-
control

Enables an automatic recovery from the storm control error-disabled state.

udld

Enables an automatic recovery from the UDLD error-disabled state.

vpc-peerlink

Enables an automatic recovery from an inconsistent vPC peer-link error-disabled state.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

4.1(3)

Added the vpc-peerlink parameter.

Usage Guidelines

Use the errdisable recovery cause command to enable an automatic recovery on the interface from the error-disabled state for an application. This command tries to bring the interface out of the error-disabled state and retry operation once all the causes have timed out. The interface automatically tries to come up again after 300 seconds. To change this interval, use the errdisable recovery interval command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to automatically recover from the error-disabled state for link flapping after you have enabled the recovery timer:

switch(config)# errdisable recovery cause link-flap

Related Commands

Command

Description

errdisable recovery interval

Enables the recovery timer.

show interface status err-disabled

Displays interface error-disabled state.

errdisable recovery interval

To enable the recovery timer, use the errdisable recovery interval command.

errdisable recovery interval interval

Syntax Description

interval

Error detection for access-list installation failures. The range is from 30 to 65535.

Defaults

300 seconds

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the errdisable recovery interval command to configure the recovery timer.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the recovery timer:

switch(config)# errdisable recovery interval 32

Related Commands

Command

Description

errdisable recovery cause

Enables the error-disabled recovery for an application.

show interface status err-disabled

Displays the interface error-disabled state.

feature bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD), use the feature bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

feature bfd

no feature bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must use the feature bfd command to enable the BFD functionality.


Note The device does not display any BFD commands until you enable the feature.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD functionality on the device:

switch(config)# feature bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

show feature

Displays information about the features enabled on the device.

feature interface-vlan

To enable the creation of VLAN interfaces (switched virtual interfaces [SVI]), use the feature interface-vlan command. To disable the VLAN interface feature, use the no form of this command.

feature interface-vlan

no feature interface-vlan

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must use the feature interface-vlan command before you can create VLAN interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the interface VLAN feature:

switch(config)# feature interface-vlan

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface vlan

Creates a VLAN interface.

feature lacp

To enable Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) port channeling on the device, use the feature lacp command. To disable LACP on the device, use the no form of this command.

feature lacp

no feature lacp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must remove all the LACP configuration parameters from all port channels on the device before you can disable LACP. You cannot disable LACP while LACP configurations remain on the device.

Even after you enable LACP globally, you do not have to run LACP on all port channels on the device. You enable LACP on each channel mode using the channel-group mode command.

When you enter the no form of this command, the system removes all the LACP configuration from the device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable LACP port channeling on the device:

switch(config)# feature lacp

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp port-channel

Displays information on port channels with LACP enabled.

feature-set fex

To enable the Fabric Extender (FEX) feature set, use the feature-set fex command.

feature-set fex

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable a FEX feature set:

switch(config)# feature-set fex

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

feature tunnel

To enable the creation of tunnel interfaces, use the feature tunnel command. To disable the tunnel interface feature, use the no form of this command.

feature tunnel

no feature tunnel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must use the feature tunnel command before you can create tunnel interfaces.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the interface tunnel feature:

switch(config)# feature tunnel

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface tunnel

Creates a tunnel interface.

feature udld

To enable Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) globally on the device, use the feature udld command. To disable UDLD globally on the device, use the no form of this command.

feature udld

no feature udld

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the feature udld command to enable UDLD globally on the device. UDLD must be also enabled on the other linked interface and its device. After enabling the devices, it is possible to enable a UDLD mode for an interface.

Use the no feature udld command to disable UDLD globally for Ethernet interfaces on the device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the UDLD for a device:

switch(config)# feature udld

This example shows how to disable UDLD for a device:

switch(config)# no feature udld

Related Commands

Command

Description

show udld

Displays information about the UDLD configuration.

feature vpc

To enable virtual port channels (vPCs), use the feature vpc command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

feature vpc

no feature vpc

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must use the feature vpc command to enable the vPC functionality. You must enable vPCs before you can configure them.


Note When you disable vPC, the device clears all the vPC configurations.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable vPC functionality on the device:

switch(config)# feature vpc

Related Commands

Command

Description

show feature

Displays information about the features enabled on the device.

show vpc brief

Displays vPC information on vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

fex

To create a Fabric Extender and enter fabric extender configuration mode, use the fex command. To delete the Fabric Extender configuration, use the no form of this command.

fex chassis-id

no fex chassis-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must create and configure the Fabric Extender before you can connect and associate it to an interface on the parent switch. Once you associate the Fabric Extender to the switch, the configuration that you created is transferred over to the Fabric Extender and applied.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter Fabric Extender configuration mode:

switch# configure terminal 

This example shows how to delete the Fabric Extender configuration:

switch(config-fex)# no fex 101

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

fex associate

To associate a Fabric Extender to a fabric interface, use the fex associate command. To disassociate the Fabric Extender, use the no form of this command.

fex associate chassis-id

no fex associate chassis-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you can associate an interface on the parent switch to the Fabric Extender, you must first make the interface into a fabric interface by entering the switchport mode fex-fabric command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to associate the Fabric Extender to an Ethernet interface:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/40 

switch(config-if)# switchport mode fex-fabric 

switch(config-if)# fex associate 101 

This example shows how to associate the Fabric Extender to an EtherChannel interface:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# interface port-channel 4 

switch(config-if)# switchport mode fex-fabric 

switch(config-if)# fex associate 10

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

switchport mode fex-fabric

Sets the interface to be an uplink port.

flowcontrol

To enable or disable the ability of the Ethernet port to send and receive flow-control pause frames, use the flowcontrol command. To return to the default flow-control settings, use the no form of this command.

flowcontrol {send | receive} {desired | on | off}

no flowcontrol {send | receive}

Syntax Description

send

Specifies the flow-control send setting for ports that run at 1000 Mbps or faster.

receive

Specifies the flow-control receive setting for ports that run at any speed.

desired

Specifies the remote port setting to desired for both send and receive, if the configuration of the remote port is unknown.

on

Specifies the remote port setting to on, if you want the local port to send flow-control pause frames.

off

Specifies the remote port’s send and receive parameter settings to off, if you do not want to use flow control.

Defaults

1-Gb/s interfaces—Off for receive and send

10-Gb/s interfaces—Off for receive and send

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the traffic between two F1 ports is routed and the sending port have Link flow control enabled, PAUSE frames will not be send if the receiving port is congested by the sending interface. While if the traffic is bridged between two F1 ports and sending port have a link flow control enabled, PAUSE frames will be send if the receiving port is congested by the sending interface.

Make sure that the remote port has the corresponding setting for the flow control that you need. If you want the local port to send flow-control pause frames, the remote port has a receive parameter set to on or desired. If you want the local port to receive flow-control frames, you must make sure that the remote port has a send parameter set to on or desired. If you do not want to use flow control, you can set the remote port’s send and receive parameters to off.

For Ethernet ports that run at 1 Gbps or faster speed, you can enable or disable the port’s ability to send and receive flow-control pause frames. For Ethernet ports that run slower than 1 Gbps, you can enable or disable only the port’s ability to receive pause frames.

When enabling flow control for the local port, you either fully enable the local port to send or receive frames regardless of the flow-control setting of the remote port or you set the local port to use the desired setting used by the remote port. If you enable both the local and remote ports for flow control or set the desired flow control of the other port, or set a combination of those two states, flow control is enabled for those ports.


Note For ports that run at 10 Gbps, you cannot use the desired state for the send or receive parameter.


To see how the different port flow-control states affect the link flow-control state, see Table 1.

Table 1 Port Flow-Control Influences on Link Flow Control

Port Flow Control States

Link Flow Control State

Port Receiving Data

(Sends Pause Frames)

Port Transmitting Data (Receives Pause Frames)

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

Desired

Enabled

Enabled

Disabled

Disabled

Desired

Enabled

Enabled

Desired

Desired

Enabled

Desired

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

Disabled

Desired

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set Ethernet port 3/1 to send flow-control pause frames:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# flowcontrol send on

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface flowcontrol

Displays information about the interface flow control.

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the flow-control parameter.

graceful consistency-check

To enable a graceful type-1 consistency check on per VLAN basis, use the graceful consistency-check command. To disable the graceful consistency check, use the no form of this command.

graceful consistency-check

no graceful consistency-check

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Enabled

Command Modes

VPC domain configuration (config-vpc-domain)

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the graceful type-1 consistency check:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# graceful consistency-check

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

This example shows how to disable the graceful type-1 consistency check:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# no graceful consistency-check

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc

Moves other port channels into the vPC.

vpc domain

Creates a vPC domain.

hsrp bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on a Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) interface, use the hsrp bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

hsrp bfd

no hsrp bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the hsrp bfd command to enable BFD on an HSRP interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for an HSRP interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# hsrp bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

inherit port-profile

To assign a port profile to an interface or range of interfaces and to inherit an additional port profile onto an existing port profile, use the inherit port-profile command. To remove an inherited port profile or to remove a port profile from specified interfaces, use the no form of this command.

inherit port-profile name

no inherit port-profile name

Syntax Description

name

Port profile that you want to assign to interfaces or to inherit onto the existing port profile.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode
Port-profile configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the inherit port-profile command to do the following:

Assign the port profile to a specified interface or range of specified interfaces. You do this action in the interface configuration mode. The maximum number of interfaces that can inherit a single profile is 512.

Inherit configuration parameters from another port profile onto an existing port profile. You do this action in the port-profile mode, using the name of the port profile that you want to inherit configurations into. Only port profiles of the same type can be inherited by another port profile. The device supports four levels of inheritance except for the switchport private-vlan mapping and the private-vlan mapping commands, which support only one inheritance level. The same port profile can be inherited by any number of port profiles. In a port-profile inheritance hierarchy, all the profiles must have the same switchport configuration.

See the port-profile command and the state-enabled command for information about creating, configuring, and enabling port profiles.

If you attempt to inherit a port profile to the wrong type of interface, the system returns an error.

When you remove a port profile from a range of interfaces, the system undoes the configuration from the interfaces first and then removes the port-profile link. Also, when you remove a port profile, the system checks the interface configuration and either skips port-profile commands that have been overridden by directly entered interface commands or returns the command to the default value.

You can also choose a subset of interfaces from which to remove a port profile from those interfaces to which you originally applied the profile. For example, if you configured a port profile and configured 10 interfaces to inherit that port profile, you can remove the port profile from just some of the specified 10 interfaces. The port profile continues to operate on the remaining interfaces to which it is applied.

You use the port-profile configuration mode to remove an inherited port profile from an original port profile.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to assign a specified port profile to a range of interfaces:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1-10

switch(config-if)# port-profile test

This example shows how to inherit the configuration parameters from the port profile named switch onto the port profile named test:

switch(config-ppm)# inherit port-profile switch

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-profile

Displays information about port profiles.

install feature-set fex

To install a Fabric Extender (FEX) feature set, use the install feature-set fex command.

install feature-set fex

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to install a FEX feature set:

switch(config)# install feature-set fex

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

interface cmp-mgmt module

To create a Connectivity Management Processor (CMP) management interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface cmp-mgmt module command.

interface cmp-mgmt module number

Syntax Description

number

Active or standby supervisor module number. Valid values are 9 or 10.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface cmp-mgmt module command to create a CMP management interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a CMP management interface:

switch(config)# interface cmp-mgmt module 9

interface ethernet

To configure an Ethernet interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface ethernet command.

interface ethernet slot/port

Syntax Description

slot/port

Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253 for slots and from 1 to 128 for ports..

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface ethernet command to enter the interface configuration mode for the specified interface or range of interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter the interface command mode for the Ethernet interface on slot 2, port 1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface ethernet

Displays information about the Ethernet interface.

interface loopback

To create a loopback interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface loopback command. To remove a loopback interface, use the no form of this command.

interface loopback number

no interface loopback number

Syntax Description

number

Interface number. The range is from 0 to 1023.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface loopback command to create or modify loopback interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a loopback interface:

switch(config)# interface loopback 50

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface loopback

Displays information about the traffic on the specified loopback interface.

interface mgmt

To configure the management interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface mgmt command.

interface mgmt number

Syntax Description

number

Interface number. The range is from 0 to 1023.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface mgmt command to configure the management interface and to enter the interface configuration mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter the interface configuration mode to configure the management interface:

switch(config)# interface mgmt

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface mgmt0

Displays information about the traffic on the management interface.

interface port-channel

To create a port-channel interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface port-channel command. To remove a logical port-channel interface or subinterface, use the no form of this command.

interface port-channel channel-number

no interface port-channel channel-number

Syntax Description

channel-number

Channel number that is assigned to this port-channel logical interface. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface port-channel command to create or delete port-channel groups and to enter the interface configuration mode for the port channel.

You can create port channels implicitly using the attach fex command or explicitly using the feature-set fex command.

A port can belong to only one channel group.

You can create subinterfaces on a Layer 3 port-channel interface. However, you cannot add a Layer 3 interface that has existing subinterfaces to a port channel.


Note The Layer 3 port-channel interface is the routed interface.


The Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system ID is unique for each virtual device context (VDC), and channel-group numbers and names can be reused in different VDCs.

When you use the interface port-channel command, follow these guidelines:

If you are using Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), you must configure it only on the physical interface and not on the port-channel interface.

If you do not assign a static MAC address on the port-channel interface, a MAC address is automatically assigned. If you assign a static MAC address and then later remove it, the MAC address is automatically assigned.

The MAC address of the port channel is the address of the first operational port added to the channel group. If this first-added port is removed from the channel, the MAC address comes from the next operational port added, if there is one.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a port-channel group interface with channel-group number 50:

switch(config)# interface port-channel 50

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface port-channel

Displays information on traffic on the specified port-channel interface.

show port-channel summary

Displays information on the port channels.

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

interface tunnel

To create a tunnel interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface tunnel command. To remove a tunnel interface, use the no form of this command.

interface tunnel number

no interface tunnel number

Syntax Description

number

Identifying interface number. The range is from 0 to 4095.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

5.0(1)

The maximum valid range of values was changed from 65535 to 4095.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface tunnel command to create or modify tunnel interfaces.

Cisco NX-OS supports the generic routing encapsulation (GRE) header defined in IETF RFC 2784. Cisco NX-OS does not support tunnel keys and other options from IETF RFC 1701.

You can configure IP tunnels only in the default virtual device context (VDC).

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a tunnel interface:

switch(config)# interface tunnel 50

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel source

Sets the source of the IP tunnel.

tunnel destination

Sets the destination of the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic on the specified tunnel interface.

interface vlan

To create a VLAN interface and enter interface configuration mode, use the interface vlan command. To remove a VLAN interface, use the no form of this command.

interface vlan vlan-id

no interface vlan vlan-id

Syntax Description

vlan-id

VLAN to set when the interface is in access mode. The range is from 1 to 4094, except for the VLANs reserved for the internal switch use.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode
Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the interface vlan command to create or modify VLAN interfaces.

The VLAN interface is created the first time that you enter the interface vlan command for a particular VLAN. The vlan-id argument corresponds to the VLAN tag that is associated with the data frames on an Inter-Switch Link (ISL), the IEEE 802.1Q-encapsulated trunk, or the VLAN ID that is configured for an access port.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a VLAN interface for VLAN 50:

switch(config)# interface vlan 50

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature interface-vlan

Enables the ability to create VLAN interfaces.

show interface vlan

Displays information about the traffic on the specified VLAN interface.

ip eigrp bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ip eigrp bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ip eigrp instance-tag bfd

no ip eigrp instance-tag bfd

Syntax Description

instance-tag

EIGRP instance tag. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip eigrp bfd command to enable BFD on an EIGRP interface. This command takes precedence over the bfd command in router configuration mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for an EIGRP interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ip eigrp Test1 bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd

Enables BFD on all EIGRP interfaces.

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

ip ospf bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on an Open Shortest Path First version 2 (OSPFv2) interface, use the ip ospf bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ip ospf bfd

no ip ospf bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip ospf bfd command to enable BFD on an OSPFv2 interface. This command takes precedence over the bfd command in router configuration mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for an OSPF interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ip ospf bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd

Enables BFD on all OSPFv2 interfaces.

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

ip pim bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM), use the ip pim bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ip pim bfd

no ip pim bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip pim bfd command to enable BFD for PIM.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for PIM:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip pim bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

ip pim bfd-instance

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) on an interface, use the ip pim bfd-instance command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ip pim bfd-instance [disable]

no ip pim bfd-instance [disable]

Syntax Description

disable

Disables BFD for PIM on this interface.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip pim bfd-instance command to enable BFD for PIM on an interface. This configuration (with or without the disable keyword) overrides the BFD configuration for PIM at the global or VRF configuration level.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable BFD for PIM on interface ethernet 2/1 when BFD is enabled globally for PIM:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip pim bfd

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ip pim bfd-instance disable

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

ip route static bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on a static route, use the ip route static bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ip route static bfd interface {nh-address | nh-prefix}

no ip route static bfd interface {nh-address | nh-prefix}

Syntax Description

interface

Interface that this static route resides on. Use the ? keyword to display the supported interfaces.

nh-address

Next-hop address for this static route, in dotted decimal notation.

nh-prefix

Next-hop prefix for this static route, in dotted decimal notation.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip route static bfd command to enable BFD on a static route.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for a static route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ip route static bfd ethernet 2/1 192.0.2.4

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

ipv6 eigrp bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ipv6 eigrp bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

ipv6 eigrp instance-tag bfd

no ipv6 eigrp instance-tag bfd

Syntax Description

instance-tag

EIGRP instance tag. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ipv6 eigrp bfd command to enable BFD on an EIGRP interface. This command takes precedence over the bfd command in router configuration mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for an EIGRP interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ipv6 eigrp Test1 bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd

Enables BFD on all EIGRP interfaces.

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

isis bfd

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on an Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) interface, use the isis bfd command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

isis bfd

no isis bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the isis bfd command to enable BFD on an IS-IS interface. This command takes precedence over the bfd command in router configuration mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for an IS-IS interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# isis bfd

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd

Enables BFD on all IS-IS interfaces.

feature bfd

Enables the BFD feature.

fabricpath switch-id

To configure an emulated switch ID, use the fabricpath switch-id command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

fabricpath switch-id switch-id

no fabricpath switch-id switch-id

Syntax Description

switch-id

Emulated switch ID. The range is from 1 to 4095.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an emulated switch ID:

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# fabricpath switch-id 4

Configuring fabricpath switch id will flap vPCs. Continue (yes/no)? [no] yes

--------:: Re-init of peer-link and vPCs started  ::--------

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

This example shows how to set the default ID value:

switch(config)# vpc domain 1

switch(config-vpc-domain)# no fabricpath switch-id 4

Deconfiguring fabricpath switch id will flap vPCs. Continue (yes/no)? [no] yes

--------:: Re-init of peer-link and vPCs started  ::--------

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

l2protocol tunnel

To enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling, use the l2protocol tunnel command. To disable protocol tunneling, use the no form of this command.

l2protocol tunnel [cdp | stp | vtp]

no l2protocol tunnel [cdp | stp | vtp]

Syntax Description

cdp

(Optional) Enables Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) tunneling.

stp

(Optional) Enables Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) tunneling.

vtp

(Optional) Enables VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) tunneling.

Defaults

Layer 2 protocol tunneling is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling:

switch(config-if)# l2protocol tunnel cdp 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show l2protocol tunnel

Displays Layer 2 protocol tunnel information.

l2protocol tunnel cos

To specify a global class of service (CoS) value on all Layer 2 protocol tunneling interfaces, use the l2protocol tunnel cos command. To reset the global CoS value to its default, use the no form of this command.

l2protocol tunnel cos cos-value

no l2protocol tunnel cos

Syntax Description

cos-value

CoS value. The range is from 0 to 7. The default value is 5.

Defaults

CoS value is 5.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify a global CoS value on all Layer 2 protocol tunneling interfaces:

switch(config)# l2protocol tunnel cos 7 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show l2protocol tunnel

Displays Layer 2 protocol tunnel information.

l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold

To specify the maximum number of packets that can be processed on a Layer 2 protocol tunneling interface before being dropped, use the l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold command. To reset the values to 0 and disable the drop threshold, use the no form of this command.

l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold [cdp | stp | vtp] packets-per-sec

no l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold [cdp | stp | vtp]

Syntax Description

cdp

(Optional) Specifies the number of Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

stp

(Optional) Specifies the number of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

vtp

(Optional) Specifies the number of VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

packets-per-sec

Maximum number of packets that can be processed on an interface before being dropped. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

The drop threshold is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the maximum number of CDP packets that can be processed on an Layer 2 protocol tunneling interface before being dropped:

switch(config-if)# l2protocol tunnel drop-threshold cdp 1024 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show l2protocol tunnel

Displays Layer 2 protocol tunnel information.

l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold

To specify the maximum number of packets that can be processed on a Layer 2 protocol tunneling interface, use the l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold command. To reset the values to 0 and disable the shutdown threshold, use the no form of this command

l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold [cdp | stp | vtp] packets-per-sec

no l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold [cdp | stp | vtp]

Syntax Description

cdp

(Optional) Specifies the number of Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

stp

(Optional) Specifies the number of Spinning Tree Protocol (STP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

vtp

(Optional) Specifies the number of VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) packets that can be processed on an interface.

packets-per-sec

Maximum number of packets that can be processed on an interface. When the number of packets is exceeded, the port is put in error-disabled state. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

The shutdown threshold is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the number of packets is exceeded, the port is put in error-disabled state.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the maximum number of packets that can be processed on an Layer 2 protocol tunneling interface before the port is put in error-disabled state:

switch(config-if)# l2protocol tunnel shutdown-threshold 2048 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show l2protocol tunnel

Displays Layer 2 protocol tunnel information.

lacp max-bundle

To configure a port channel maximum bundle, use the lacp max-bundle command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

lacp max-bundle max-bundle-number

no lacp mac-bundle max-bundle-number

Syntax Description

max-bundle-
number

Maximum bundle number. The range is from 1 to 16.

Command Default

The default for the port channel max-bundle is 16.

The allowed range is from 1 to 16.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.


Note Even if the default value is 16, the number of active members in a port channel is the minimum number of the maximum bundle configured and the maximum active members that are allowed in the portchannel.


Examples

This example shows how to configure port channel maximum bundles:

switch(config)# interface port-channel 1

switch(config-if)# lacp max-bundle 2

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

lacp min-links

To configure the minimum links for a port channel, use the lacp min-links command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

lacp min-links number

no lacp min-links number

Syntax Description

number

Minimum link number. The range is from 1 to 16.

Defaults

The default for the port channel minimum link is 1.

The allowed range is from 1 to 16.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the minimum link for a port channel:

switch(config)# interface port-channel 1

switch(config-if)# lacp min-links 3

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

lacp port-priority

To set the priority for the physical interfaces for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), use the lacp port-priority command. To return the port priority to the default value, use the no form of this command.

lacp port-priority priority

no lacp port-priority

Syntax Description

priority

Priority for the physical interfaces. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Defaults

32768

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Each port configured to use LACP has an LACP port priority. You can accept the default value of 32768 for the LACP port priority, or you can configure a value between 1 and 65535. LACP uses the port priority with the port number to form the port identifier. . The port priority is used to decide which ports should be put into standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating or when you have more than eight ports configured for the channel group.

When setting the priority, note that a higher number means a lower priority.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the LACP port priority for the interface to 2000:

switch(config-if)# lacp port-priority 2000

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

lacp rate

To set the rate at which the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) sends LACP control packets to an LACP-supported interface, use the lacp rate command. To reset the rate to its default, use the no form of this command.

lacp rate {fast | normal}

no lacp rate {fast | normal}

Syntax Description

fast

Specifies the fast rate of 1 second.

normal

Specifies the default rate of 30 seconds.

Defaults

30 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can change the LACP timer rate to modify the duration of the LACP timeout. Use the lacp rate command to set the rate at which LACP control packets are sent to an LACP-supported interface. You can change the timeout rate from the default rate (30 seconds) to the fast rate (1 second).

This command is supported only on LACP-enabled interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the LACP fast rate on Ethernet interface 1/4:

switch# configure terminal 

switch (config)# interface ethernet 1/4 

switch(config-if)# lacp rate fast 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

lacp system-priority

To set the system priority of the device for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), use the lacp system-priority command. To return the system priority to the default value, use the no form of this command.

lacp system-priority priority

no lacp system-priority

Syntax Description

priority

Priority for the physical interfaces. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Defaults

32768

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Each device that runs LACP has an LACP system priority value. You can accept the default value of 32768 for this parameter, or you can configure a value between 1 and 65535. LACP uses the system priority with the MAC address to form the system ID and also during negotiation with other systems. The system ID is unique for each virtual device context (VDC).

When setting the priority, note that a higher number means a lower priority.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the LACP system priority for the device to 2500:

switch(config)# lacp system-priority 2500

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

show lacp system identifier

Displays information on the LACP system identifier.

link debounce

To enable the debounce timer for Ethernet ports and specify a debounce time, use the link debounce command. To disable the timer, use the no form of this command.

link debounce [time milliseconds]

no link debounce

Syntax Description

time milliseconds

(Optional) Specifies the debounce timer for the time you want to specify. The range is from 0 to 5000.

Defaults

Enabled

300 milliseconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the link debounce command to enable the debounce timer for Ethernet ports and set it for a specified amount of time in milliseconds. The default debounce time applies when you enter the link debounce command with no arguments.

The range of time is from 1 to 5000 ms. The debounce timer is disabled if you specify the time to 0 ms.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the debounce timer and set the debounce time to 1000 ms for the Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# link debounce time 1000

This example shows how to disable the debounce timer for the Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# no link debounce

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface debounce

Displays the debounce time information about the interface.

load-interval

To change the sampling interval for statistics collections on interfaces, use the load-interval command. To return to the default sampling interval, use the no form of this command.

load-interval [counter {1 | 2 | 3}] seconds

no load-interval [counter {1 | 2 | 3}] [seconds]

Syntax Description

counter

Specifies counter for this load interval.

1 | 2 | 3

Specifies the number of counters configured on the interface.

seconds

Specifies the interval between sampling statistics on the interface. The range is from 60 to 300 seconds for VLAN network interfaces, and the range is from 30 to 300 seconds for Ethernet and port-channel interfaces.

Defaults

1—30 seconds; 60 seconds for VLAN network interface

2—300 seconds

3—not configured

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the load-interval command to obtain bit-rate and packet-rate statistics for three different durations.

You can set the statistics collection intervals on the following types of interfaces:

Ethernet interfaces

Port-channel interfaces

VLAN network interfaces

You cannot use this command on the management interface or subinterfaces.

This command sets the sampling interval for such statistics as packet rate and bit rate on the specified interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the three sample intervals for the Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# load-interval counter 1 60

switch(config-if)# load-interval counter 2 135

switch(config-if)# load-interval counter 3 225

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface.

max-ports

To assign a maximum possible number of interfaces that a port profile can inherit, use the max-ports command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

max-ports number

no max-ports number

Syntax Description

number

Maximum number of interfaces that a port profile can inherit. The range is from 1 to 512, and there is no default value.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Port-profile configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must be in the port-profile configuration mode in order to use this command.

You must enable each specific port profile by using the state-enabled command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter the port-profile configuration mode and to configure the maximum possible number of interfaces that a port profile can inherit:

switch(config)# port-profile type ethernet type test

switch(config-ppm)# max-ports 500

Related Commands

Command

Description

state-enabled

Enables a specified port profile.

show port-profile

Displays information about port profiles.

mdix auto

To enable automatic medium-dependent independent crossover (MDIX) detection for the interface, use the mdix auto command. To turn automatic detection off, use the no form of this command.

mdix auto

no mdix

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the mdix auto command to enable automatic MDIX detection for the port. Use the no mdix command to disable MDIX detection for the port.

This command is only available on copper Ethernet ports. To detect the type of connection (crossover or straight) with another copper Ethernet port, enable the MDIX parameter for the local port. Before you begin, MDIX must be enabled on the remote port.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable MDIX for Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# mdix auto

This example shows how to disable MDIX for Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# no mdix

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the MDIX status.

medium

To set the medium mode for an interface, use the medium command. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.

medium {broadcast | p2p}

no medium {broadcast | p2p}

Syntax Description

broadcast

Configures the interface as a broadcast medium.

p2p

Configures the interface as a point-to-point medium.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The medium command is used to configure the interface as broadcast or point to point.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface for point-to-point medium:

switch(config-if)# medium p2p

mtu

To configure the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for Layer 2 and Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces, use the mtu command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

mtu size

no mtu

Syntax Description

size

For a Layer 2 interface, specify either the default MTU size (1500) in bytes or the system jumbo MTU size (9216, unless you have changed the default system jumbo size). For a Layer 3 interface, specify any even number between the range of 576 and 9216.

Defaults

1500 bytes

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the mtu size command to configure the MTU size for Layer 2 and Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces.

For Layer 3 interfaces, you can configure the MTU to be between 576 and 9216 bytes (even values are required). For Layer 2 interfaces, you can configure the MTU to be either the system default MTU (1500 bytes) or the system jumbo MTU size (which has the default size of 9216 bytes).


Note You can change the system jumbo MTU size, but if you change that value, you should also update the Layer 2 interfaces that use that value so that they use the new system jumbo MTU value. If you do not update the MTU value for Layer 2 interfaces, those interfaces use the system default MTU (1500 bytes).


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the Layer 2 Ethernet port 3/1 with the default MTU size (1500):

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# mtu 1500

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the interface, which includes the MTU size.

peer-gateway

To configure the device to send virtual port-channel (vPC) packets to the device’s MAC address, use the peer-gateway command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

peer-gateway

no peer-gateway

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

vpc-domain configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the peer-gateway command to have a vPC peer device act as the gateway even for packets that are sent to the vPC peer device’s MAC address.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the device to use the switch gateway even for the packets that are sent the vPC:

switch(config)# vpc-domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-gateway

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc-domain

Configures a vPC domain and enters the vpc-domain configuration mode.

peer-keepalive destination

To configure the virtual port-channel (vPC) peer-keepalive link and message between vPC peer devices, use the peer-keepalive destination command.

peer-keepalive destination ipaddress [hold-timeout secs] [interval msecs {timeout secs}[{precedence {prec-value | network | internet | critical | flash-override | flash | immediate | priority | routine}} | {tos {tos-value | max-reliability | max-throughput | min-delay | min-monetary-cost | normal}} | tos-byte tos-byte-value][source ipaddress][udp-port number] [vrf {name | management | vpc-keepalive}]

Syntax Description

ipaddress

IP address of the remote vPC peer device.

Note You must use an IPv4 address.

hold-timeout secs

(Optional) Specifies when the peer-keepalive link goes down, the secondary vPC peer device waits the hold-timeout interval. The range is from 3 to 10.

During the hold-timeout, the vPC secondary device does not take any action based on any keepalive messages received. Because the keepalive might be received just temporarily, such as if a supervisor fails a few seconds after the peer link goes down.

interval msecs

Specifies the number of milliseconds that you want between sending keepalive messages to the remote vPC peer device. This variable configures the interval between sending peer-keepalive messages to the remote vPC peer device and the maximum period to wait to receive a keepalive message from the remote vPC peer device. The range is from 400 to 10,000.

timeout secs

(Optional) Specifies that the timeout timer starts at the end of the hold-timeout interval. During the timeout period, the secondary vPC peer device checks for vPC peer-keepalive hello messages from the primary vPC peer device. If the secondary vPC peer device receives a single hello message, that device disables all vPC interfaces on the secondary vPC peer device. The range is from 3 and 20.

During the timeout, the vPC secondary device takes action to become the vPC primary device if no keepalive message is received by the end of the configured interval.

precedence prec-value

(Optional) Specifies the precedence value for the peer-keepalive message. Valid values are as follows:

0 to 7

network (7)

internet (6)

critical (5)

flash-override (4)

flash (3)

immediate (2)

priority (1)

routine (0)

tos tos-value

(Optional) Specifies the precedence or ToS value for the peer-keepalive message. Valid values are as follows:

0, 1, 2, 4, 8

max-reliability (2)

max-throughput (4)

min-delay (8)

min-monetary-cost (1)

normal (0)

Note The only valid values are shown here.

tos-byte

(Optional) Specifies the precedence, or 8-bit ToS value, for the peer-keepalive message. A higher numerical value indicates the higher throughput priority. The range is from 0 to 255.

source

(Optional) Specifies the IP address of the local vPC peer device.

Note Must be an IPv4 address.

number

(Optional) Number of the UDP port to send and receive the vPC peer-keepalive messages. The range is from 1024 to 6500.

name

(Optional) Name of virtual routing and rorwarding (VRF) instance that you want to use for the vPC peer-keepalive link and messages.

vrf vrf-name

(Optional) Specifies a VRF instance.

management

(Optional) Specifies management.

vpc-keepalive

(Optional) Specifies vPC keepalive.

Defaults

Peer-keepalive is disabled.

Hold-timeout is 3 seconds.

Interval is 1000 milliseconds.

Timeout is 5 seconds.

Precedence is default, with a level of 6 (internet).

UDP port is 3200.

VRF is management VRF.

Command Modes

vpc-domain configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can configure the peer-keepalive parameters. The vPC keepalive messages notify the system if one of the vPC peer devices goes down.

You must configure the peer-keepalive messages on each of the vPC peer devices to enable the functionality.

Although the keepalive messages can transmit over any Layer 3 topology, we recommend that you create and configure a separate VRF with Layer 3 ports on each vPC peer device as the source and destination for the vPC keepalive messages. The default ports and VRF for the peer-alive link are the management ports and the management VRF. Do not use the peer link itself for the vPC peer-keepalive messages.

Ensure that both the source and destination IP addresses used for the peer-keepalive messages are unique in your network.

The vPC keepalive messages are IP/UDP messages.

This command accepts only IPv4 addresses.

The device assumes that its vPC peer device is down when the device does not receive any messages from the peer during the timeout period. We recommend that you configure the timeout value to be three times the interval value.

You can configure either the precedence, tos, or tos-byte value to ensure throughput for the vPC peer-keepalive message.


Note We recommend that you create a separate VRF and assign a Layer 3 port on each vPC peer device for the peer-keepalive link.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the IP address of the remote vPC peer device for the fault-tolerant link:

switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-keepalive destination 172.28.231.85

Related Commands

Command

Description

show running-config vpc all

Displays information on the vPC peer-keepalive status. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

show vpc peer-keepalive

Displays information on the vPC peer-keepalive status. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

peer-switch

To enable the virtual port channel (vPC) switch pair to appear as a single Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) root in the Layer 2 topology, use the peer-switch command. To disable the peer switch vPC topology, use the no form of this command.

peer-switch

no peer-switch

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Peer switch Layer 2 topology is disabled.

Command Modes

vPC domain configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the vPC switch pair to appear as a single STP root in the Layer 2 topology:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5 

switch(config-vpc-domain)# peer-switch 

2010 Apr 28 14:44:44 switch %STP-2-VPC_PEERSWITCH_CONFIG_ENABLED: vPC peer-switch 
configuration is enabled. Please make sure to configure spanning tree "bridge" priority as 
per recommended guidelines to make vPC peer-switch operational. 

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc domain

Creates a virtual port-channel (vPC) domain.

port-channel load-balance

To set the load-balancing method among the interfaces in the channel-group bundle, use the port-channel load-balance command. To return the system priority to the default value, use the no form of this command.

port-channel load-balance method [module slot]

no port-channel load-balance [method [module slot]]

Syntax Description

method

Load-balancing method. See the «Usage Guidelines» section for a list of valid values.

module slot

(Optional) Specifies the module slot number.

Defaults

Layer 2 packets—src-dst-mac

Layer 3 packets—src-dst-ip

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

5.1(3)

The word ethernet was removed from the command name.

Usage Guidelines

When you do not specify a module, you are configuring load balancing for the entire device. When you use the module parameter, you are configuring load balancing for the specified modules

Valid method values are as follows:

dst-ip—Loads distribution on the destination IP address.

dst-mac—Loads distribution on the destination MAC address.

dst-port—Loads distribution on the destination port.

src-dst-ip—Loads distribution on the source XOR-destination IP address.

src-dst-mac—Loads distribution on the source XOR-destination MAC address.

src-dst-port—Loads distribution on the source XOR-destination port.

src-ip—Loads distribution on the source IP address.

src-mac—Loads distribution on the source MAC address.

src-port—Loads distribution on the source port.


Note You cannot configure load balancing using port channels per virtual device context (VDC0. You must be in the default VDC to configure this feature; if you attempt to configure this feature from another VDC, the system returns an error.


Use the module keyword to configure the module independently for port-channeling and load-balancing mode. The remaining module use the current load-balancing method configured for the entire device or the default method if you have not configured a method for the entire device. When you enter the no with the module keyword, the load-balancing method for the specified module takes the current load-balancing method that is in use for the entire device. If you configured a load-balancing method for the entire device, the specified module uses that configured method rather than the default src-dst-ip/src-dst-mac. The per module configuration takes precedence over the load-balancing method configured for the entire device.

You can configure one load-balancing mode for the entire device, a different mode for specified modules, and another mode for other specified modules. The per-module configuration takes precedence over the load-balancing configuration for the entire device.

Use the option that provides the balance criteria with the greatest variety in your configuration. For example, if the traffic on a port channel is going only to a single MAC address and you use the destination MAC address as the basis of port channel load balancing, the port channel always chooses the same link in that port channel; using source addresses or IP addresses might result in better load balancing.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the load-balancing method for the entire device to use the source port:

switch(config)# port-channel load-balance src-port

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel load-balance

Displays information on port-channel load balancing.

port-profile

To create a port profile and enter the port-profile configuration mode or to enter into the port-profile configuration mode of a previously created port profile, use the port-profile command. To remove the port profile, use the no form of this command.

port-profile [type {ethernet | interface-vlan | port-channel}] name

no port-profile [type {ethernet | interface-vlan | port-channel}] name

Syntax Description

type

(Optional) Specifies the type of interfaces.

ethernet

Specifies Layer 2 or Layer 3 interfaces.

interface-vlan

Specifies VLAN network interfaces.

port-channel

Specifies port-channel interfaces.

name

Name of the port profile.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Port-profile configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the port-profile command to group configuration commands and apply them to several interfaces simultaneously. All interfaces in the range must be the same type. The maximum number of interfaces that can inherit a single port profile is 512.

The port-profile name must be globally unique across types and networks.

Each port profile can be applied only to a specific type of interface; the choices are as follows:

Ethernet

VLAN network interface

Port channel


Note When you choose ethernet as the interface type, the port profile is in the default mode which is Layer 3. Enter the switchport command to change the port profile to Layer 2 mode.


A subset of commands are available under the port-profile configuration mode, depending on which interface type you specify. Layer 3 and CTS commands are not supported by port profiles.

You can configure the following port-profile operations:

Create port profiles

Delete port profiles

Add commands to and delete commands from port profiles

Inherit port profiles at interfaces

Enable and disable port profiles

Inherit between port profiles

Configure maximum number of ports that a profile can inherit

You inherit the port profile when you attach the port profile to an interface or range of interfaces. The maximum number of interfaces that can inherit a single profile is 512. When you attach, or inherit, a port profile to an interface or range of interfaces, the system applies all the commands in that port profile to the interfaces.

Additionally, you can have one port profile inherit another port profile, which allows the initial port profile to assume all of the commands of the second, inherited port profile that do not conflict with the initial port profile. Four levels of inheritance are supported except for the switchport private-vlan mapping and private-vlan mapping commands, which support only one level of inheritance. See the inherit port-profile command for information about inheriting an additional port profile and assigning port profiles to specified interfaces.

The system applies the commands inherited by the interface or range of interfaces according to the following guidelines:

Commands that you enter under the interface mode take precedence over the port profile’s commands if there is a conflict. However, the port profile retains that command in the port profile.

The port profile’s commands take precedence over default commands on the interface, unless it is explicitly overridden by the default command.

When a range of interfaces inherits a second port profile, the commands of the initial port profile override those commands of the second port profile if there is a conflict.

After you inherit a port profile onto an interface or range of interfaces, you can override individual configuration values by entering the new value at the interface configuration level. If you then remove the individual configuration values at the interface configuration level, the interface again uses the values in the port profile again.

There are no default configurations associated with a port profile.


Note You cannot use port profiles with Session Manager. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS System Management Configuration Guide, Release 5.x, for information on Session Manager.


If you delete a specific configuration for a specified range of interfaces using the interface configuration mode, that configuration is also deleted from the port profile for that range of interfaces only. For example, if you have a channel group inside a port profile and you are in the interface configuration mode and you delete that port channel, the specified port channel is also deleted from the port profile as well.

Just as in the device, you can enter a configuration for an object in port profiles without that object being applied to interfaces. For example, you can configure a VRF instance without it being applied to the system. If you then delete that VRF and its configurations from the port profile, the system is unaffected.

After you inherit a port profile on an interface or range of interfaces and you delete a specific configuration value, that port-profile configuration does not operate on the specified interfaces.

You must enable each specific port profile using the state-enabled command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure, name a port profile, and enter the port-profile configuration mode:

switch(config)# port-profile type ethernet test

Related Commands

Command

Description

state-enable

Enables a specified port profile.

show port-profile

Displays information about port profiles.

rate-mode dedicated

To set the dedicated rate mode for the specified ports, use the rate-mode dedicated command.

rate-mode dedicated

no rate-mode

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Shared rate mode is the default.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the rate-mode dedicated command to set the dedicated rate mode for the specified ports.

On a 32-port ,10-Gigabit Ethernet module, each set of four ports can handle 10 gigabits per second (Gb/s) of bandwidth. You can use the rate-mode parameter to dedicate that bandwidth to the first port in the set of four ports or share the bandwidth across all four ports.


Note When you dedicate the bandwidth to one port, you must first administratively shut down the ports in the group, change the rate mode to dedicated, and then bring the dedicated port administratively up.


Table 2 identifies the ports that are grouped together to share each 10 Gb/s of bandwidth and which port in the group can be dedicated to utilize the entire bandwidth.

Table 2 Dedicated and Shared Ports 

Ports Groups that Can Share Bandwidth

Ports that Can be Dedicated to Each 10-Gigabit Ethernet of Bandwidth

1, 3, 5, 7

1

2, 4, 6, 8

2

9, 11, 13, 15

9

10, 12, 14, 16

10

17, 19, 21, 23

17

18, 20, 22, 24

18

25, 27, 29, 31

25

26, 28, 30, 32

26


Note All ports in each port group must be part of the same virtual device context (VDC). For more information on VDCs, see the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Virtual Device Context Configuration Guide, Release 5.x.


When you enter the rate-mode dedicated command, the full bandwidth of 10 Gbps is dedicated to one port. When you dedicate the bandwidth, all subsequent commands for the port are for dedicated mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the dedicated rate mode for Ethernet ports 4/17, 4/19, 4/21, and 4/23:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 4/17, ethernet 4/19, ethernet 4/21, ethernet 4/23

switch(config-if)# shutdown

switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 4/17

switch(config-if)# rate-mode dedicated

switch(config-if)# no shutdown

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays interface information, which includes the current rate mode dedicated.

rate-mode shared

To set the shared rate mode for the specified ports, use the rate-mode shared command.

rate-mode shared

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Shared rate mode is the default.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the rate-mode shared command to set the shared rate mode for the specified ports. This is the default rate mode for the module.

That is, use the rate-mode shared command to specify that each 10 Gbps of bandwidth on a 32-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet module is shared by ports in the same port group.

If the port group is in dedicated rate mode, you must first administratively shut down the ports in the group, change the rate mode to shared, and then bring the ports administratively up.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the shared rate mode for Ethernet ports 4/17, 4/19, 4/21, and 4/23:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 4/17, ethernet 4/19, ethernet 4/21, ethernet 4/23

switch(config-if)# shutdown

switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 4/17

switch(config-if)# rate-mode shared

switch(config-if)# no shutdown

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays interface information, which includes the current rate mode shared.

reload fex

To reload a Fabric Extender, use the reload fex command.

reload fex chassis-id all

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

all

Reloads all FEX modules.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to reload all FEX modules:

switch(config)# reload fex all

WARNING: This command will reboot all FEX modules

Do you want to continue? (y/n) [n] y

qadc3-ind30(config)# 2010 Sep  6 13:13:24 qadc3-ind30 %CALLHOME-2-EVENT: FEX_OFF

2010 Sep  6 13:13:25 qadc3-ind30 %FEX-2-NOHMS_ENV_FEX_OFFLINE: FEX-101 Off-line

(Serial Number JAF1407AANJ)

This example shows how to reload a specific FEX:

switch(config)# reload fex 101

WARNING: This command will reboot FEX module 101

Do you want to continue? (y/n) [n] y

qadc3-ind30(config)# 2010 Sep  6 13:11:36 qadc3-ind30 %CALLHOME-2-EVENT: FEX_OFF

2010 Sep  6 13:11:37 qadc3-ind30 %VNTAG_MGR-2-VNTAG_SEQ_ERROR: Failed to send me

ssage to FEX slot(33) Chassis (101) - Error Connection timed out. Ignore if FEX

2010 Sep  6 13:11:38 qadc3-ind30 %FEX-2-NOHMS_ENV_FEX_OFFLINE: FEX-101 Off-line

(Serial Number JAF1407AANJ)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

reload restore

To configure a virtual port channel (vPC) device to assume that its peer is not functional and to bring up the vPC, use the reload restore command. To reset the vPC to the standard behavior, use the no form of this command.

reload restore [delay time-out]

no reload restore

Syntax Description

delay time-out

(Optional) Sets the time-out for the vPC device. The range is from 240 to 3600.

Defaults

Delay of 240 seconds

Command Modes

vPC domain configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

This command was deprecated.

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a vPC device to assume that its peer is not functional and to bring up the vPC:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5 

switch(config-vpc-domain)# reload restore 

Warning: 
 Enables restoring of vPCs in a peer-detached state after reload, will wait for 240 
seconds (by default) to determine if peer is un-reachable

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc domain

Creates a virtual port-channel (vPC) domain.

role priority

To override the default selection of virtual port-channel (vPC) primary and secondary devices when you create a vPC domain, use the role priority command. To return to the default vPC system priority, use the no form of this command.

role priority priority

no role priority

Syntax Description

priority

Role priority. The range is from 1 to 65636.

Defaults

32667

Command Modes

vpc-domain command mode.

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC system priority

By default, the system elects a primary and secondary vPC peer device after you configure the vPC domain and both sides of the vPC peer link. However, you may want the system to elect a specific vPC peer device as the primary device for the vPC. Then, you would manually configure the role value for the vPC peer device that you want as primary to be lower than that of the other vPC peer device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vPC role priority:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# role priority 2000

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc role

Displays the role for this device for the vPC domain as primary or secondary.

serial

To assign a serial number to a Fabric Extender (FEX), use the serial command. To remove the serial number, use the no form of this command.

serial serial-string

no serial

Syntax Description

serial-string

Serial number string for the Fabric Extender. The string is alphanumeric, case sensitive, and has a maximum length of 20 characters.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Fabric Extender configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The serial number string that you define must match the serial number of the Fabric Extender. If you configure a serial number and then you use the fex associate command to associate the corresponding chassis ID to the switch, the association succeeds only if the Fabric Extender reports a matching serial number string.

Examples

This example shows how to specify a serial number for a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config-fex)# serial Rack16_FEX101 

This example shows how to remove a serial number from a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config-fex)# no serial 

Related Commands

Command

Description

fex

Creates a Fabric Extender and enters fabric extender configuration mode.

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show bfd neighbors

To display information about Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) neighbors, use the show bfd neighbors command.

show bfd neighbors [application name | {dest-ip | src-ip} ipaddr interface int-if] [vrf vrf-name] [details]

Syntax Description

application name

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the named protocol that BFD is enabled on.

dest-ip ipaddr

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the destination IP address. The IP address is in dotted decimal notation for IPv4 and in A:B::C:D format for IPv6.

src-ip ipaddr

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the source IP address. The IP address is in dotted decimal notation for IPv4 and in A:B::C:D format for IPv6.

interface int-if

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the interface. Use the ? keyword to display a list of supported interfaces.

vrf vrf-name

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.

details

(Optional) Displays detailed BFD information.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show bfd neighbors command to display information about BFD sessions. If you use the applications keyword, the application name is one of the following:

bfd_app

bgp

eigrp

hsrp

isis

ospf

pim

static

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the output from the show bfd neighbors command:

switch# show bfd neighbors

OurAddr  NeighAddr  LD/RD                  RH/RS    Holdown(mult)     State      Int

10.0.0.2  10.0.0.1  1124073474/1107296257     Up         582(3)           Up         Po10

This example shows how to display the output from the show bfd neighbors application details command for BFD:

switch# show bfd neighbors application bfd_app details

OurAddr NeighAddr LD/RD                 RH/RS       Holdown(mult)     State       Int

1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 1090519041/1107296257    Up            137(3)          Up          Eth4/37

Session state is Up and not using echo function

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 50000 us, MinRxInt: 50000 us, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 50000 us, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 150 ms (2), Hello (hits): 50 ms (1232223)

Rx Count: 1267540, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0/1789/44 last: 12 ms ago

Tx Count: 1232223, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 41/41/41 last: 13 ms ago

Registered protocols:  bfd_app

Uptime:  0day 15hour 5minute 8second 430ms

Last packet: Version: 1                - Diagnostic: 0

             State bit: Up             - Demand bit: 0

             Poll bit: 0               - Final bit: 0

             Multiplier: 3             - Length: 24

             My Discr.: 1107296257     - Your Discr.: 1090519041

             Min tx interval: 50000    - Min rx interval: 50000

Table 3 describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 3 show bfd neighbors Field Descriptions 

Field

Description

OurAddr

IP address of the interface for which the show bfd neighbors command was entered.

NeighAddr

IPv4 or IPv6 address of the BFD adjacency or neighbor.

LD/RD

Local discriminator and remote discriminator being used for the session.

RH

Remote Heard—Indicates that the remote BFD neighbor has been heard.

Holdown(mult)

Detect timer multiplier that is used for this session.

State

State of the interface—Up or Down.

Int

Interface type and slot/port.

Session state is UP and not using echo function

BFD is up and not running in echo mode.

RX Count

Number of BFD control packets that have been received from the BFD neighbor.

TX Count

Number of BFD control packets that have been sent by the BFD neighbor.

TX Interval

Interval, in milliseconds, between sent BFD packets.

Registered protocols

Routing protocols that have been registered with BFD.

Last packet: Version:

BFD version detected and run between the BFD neighbors.

Diagnostic

Diagnostic code specifying the local system’s reason for the last transition of the session from Up to some other state.

State values are as follows:

0—No Diagnostic

1—Control Detection Time Expired

2—Echo Function Failed

3—Neighbor Signaled Session Down

4—Forwarding Plane Reset

5—Path Down

6—Concentrated Path Down

7—Administratively Down

Demand bit

Demand Mode bit. If set, the transmitting system wants to operate in demand mode. BFD has two modes—asynchronous and demand. The Cisco implementation of BFD supports only asynchronous mode.

Poll bit

Poll bit. If the Poll bit is set, the transmitting system is requesting verification of connectivity or of a parameter change.

Final bit

Final bit. If the Final bit is set, the transmitting system is responding to a received BFD control packet that had a Poll (P) bit set.

Multiplier

Detect time multiplier. The negotiated transmit interval, multiplied by the detect time multiplier, determines the detection time for the transmitting system in BFD asynchronous mode.

The detect time multiplier is similar to the hello multiplier in Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS), which is used to determine the hold timer: (hello interval) * (hello multiplier) = hold timer. If a hello packet is not received within the hold-timer interval, a failure has occurred.

Similarly, for BFD: (transmit interval) * (detect multiplier) = detect timer. If a BFD control packet is not received from the remote system within the detect-timer interval, a failure has occurred.

Length

Length of the BFD control packet, in bytes.

My Discr.

My Discriminator. Unique, nonzero discriminator value generated by the transmitting system used to demultiplex multiple BFD sessions between the same pair of systems.

Your Discr.

Your Discriminator. The discriminator received from the corresponding remote system. This field reflects the received value of My Discriminator or is zero if that value is unknown.

Min tx interval

Minimum transmission interval, in microseconds, that the local system wants to use when sending BFD control packets.

Min rx interval

Minimum receipt interval, in microseconds, between received BFD control packets that the system can support.

Min Echo interval

Minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD control packets that the system can support. If the value is zero, the transmitting system does not support the receipt of BFD echo packets.

Related Commands

Command

Description

bfd echo

Enables BFD echo mode.

show environment fex

To display Fabric Extender (FEX) environment information, use the show environment fex command.

show environment fex {all chassis-id} [fan | power | temperature]

Syntax Description

all

Displays information for all Fabric Extender chassis.

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

fan

(Optional) Displays fan information.

power

(Optional) Displays power capacity and power distribution information.

temperature

(Optional) Displays temperature sensor information.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the environmental sensor status for a Fabric Extender:

switch# show environment fex 101 

------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------

Chassis         N2K-C2248-FAN        --         ok

PS-1            N2200-PAC-400W       --         ok

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Module   Sensor        MajorThresh   MinorThres   CurTemp     Status

                       (Celsius)     (Celsius)    (Celsius)

--------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------

PS  Model                Power       Power     Status

-----------------------------------------------------

1   N2200-PAC-400W        396.00     33.00     ok

Mod Model                Power     Power       Power     Power       Status

                         Requested Requested   Allocated Allocated

                         (Watts)   (Amp)       (Watts)   (Amp)

--- -------------------  -------   ----------  --------- ----------  ----------

1    N2K-C2248TP-1GE      63.60     5.30       63.60     5.30       powered-up

Power Supply redundancy mode:                 redundant

Total Power Capacity                              396.00 W

Power reserved for Supervisor(s)                   63.60 W

Power currently used by Modules                     0.00 W

Total Power Available                             332.40 W

This example shows how to display fan information:

switch# show environment fex 101 fan

------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------

Chassis         N2K-C2248-FAN        --         ok

PS-1            N2200-PAC-400W       --         ok

This example shows how to display power capacity and power distribution information:

switch# show environment fex 101 power

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------

PS  Model                Power       Power     Status

-----------------------------------------------------

Mod Model                Power     Power       Power     Power       Status

                         Requested Requested   Allocated Allocated

                         (Watts)   (Amp)       (Watts)   (Amp)

--- -------------------  -------   ----------  --------- ----------  ----------

1                         0.00      0.00       0.00      0.00       powered-up

Power Supply redundancy mode:                 redundant

Total Power Capacity                                0.00 W

Power reserved for Supervisor(s)                    0.00 W

Power currently used by Modules                     0.00 W

Total Power Available                               0.00 W

This example shows how to display temperature sensor information:

switch# show environment fex 101 temperature

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Module   Sensor        MajorThresh   MinorThres   CurTemp     Status

                       (Celsius)     (Celsius)    (Celsius)

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show fex

To display information about a specific or all attached chassis, use the show fex command.

show fex [chassis-id [detail]]

Syntax Description

chassis-id

(Optional) Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

detail

(Optional) Displays a detailed listing

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about all attached Fabric Extender chassis:

Number    Description      State            Model            Serial

------------------------------------------------------------------------

101        FEX0101                Online     N2K-C2248TP-1GE   JAF1407AANJ

102        FEX0102                Online     N2K-C2248TP-1GE   JAF1407AAQN

This example shows how to display information about a specific Fabric Extender chassis:

FEX: 101 Description: FEX0101   state: Online

  FEX version: 5.1(1) [Switch version: 5.1(1)]

  FEX Interim version: 5.1(0.159.6)

  Switch Interim version: 5.1(0.236)

Extender Model: N2K-C2248TP-1GE,  Extender Serial: JAF1407AANJ

pinning-mode: static    Max-links: 1

  Fabric port for control traffic: Po101

    Po101 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth9/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth10/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

This example shows how to display the detailed information about all attached Fabric Extender chassis:

FEX: 101 Description: FEX0101   state: Online

  FEX version: 5.1(1) [Switch version: 5.1(1)]

  FEX Interim version: 5.1(0.159.6)

  Switch Interim version: 5.1(0.236)

  Extender Model: N2K-C2248TP-1GE,  Extender Serial: JAF1407AANJ

  Card Id: 99, Mac Addr: 00:05:9b:70:dd:42, Num Macs: 64

  Module Sw Gen: 12594  [Switch Sw Gen: 21]

 pinning-mode: static    Max-links: 1

  Fabric port for control traffic: Po101

    Po101 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth9/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth10/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

  Fex Port        State  Fabric Port  Primary Fabric

       Eth101/1/1  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/2  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/3  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/4  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/5  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/6  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/7  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/8  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/9  Down       Po101       Po101

      Eth101/1/10  Down       Po101       Po101

      Eth101/1/11  Down       Po101       Po101

Related Commands

Command

Description

fex

Creates a Fabric Extender and enters fabric extender configuration mode.

show fex detail

To display detailed information about a specific Fabric Extender (FEX) or all attached chassis, use the show fex detail command.

show fex detail

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed information about a specific Fabric Extender or all attached chassis:

FEX: 101 Description: FEX0101   state: Online

  FEX version: 5.1(1) [Switch version: 5.1(1)]

  FEX Interim version: 5.1(0.159.6)

  Switch Interim version: 5.1(0.236)

  Extender Model: N2K-C2248TP-1GE,  Extender Serial: JAF1407AANJ

  Card Id: 99, Mac Addr: 00:05:9b:70:dd:42, Num Macs: 64

  Module Sw Gen: 12594  [Switch Sw Gen: 21]

 pinning-mode: static    Max-links: 1

  Fabric port for control traffic: Po101

    Po101 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth9/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

    Eth10/1 - Interface Up. State: Active

  Fex Port        State  Fabric Port  Primary Fabric

       Eth101/1/1  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/2  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/3  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/4  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/5  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/6  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/7  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/8  Down       Po101       Po101

       Eth101/1/9  Down       Po101       Po101

      Eth101/1/10  Down       Po101       Po101

      Eth101/1/11  Down       Po101       Po101

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

fex

Creates a Fabric Extender and enters fabric extender configuration mode.

show fex transceiver

To display information about the transceiver that connects a Fabric Extender (FEX) to the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series switch, use the show fex transceiver command.

show fex chassis-id transceiver [calibration | detail]

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

calibration

(Optional) Displays detailed calibration information about the transceiver.

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed information about the transceiver.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the transceiver that connects a Fabric Extender to the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series switch:

switch# show fex 101 transceiver

    sfp information is not available

Fabric Port: Ethernet10/1

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141629V3

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141700UE

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

    sfp information is not available

Related Commandss

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show fex version

To display the software version information about a Fabric Extender (FEX), use the show fex version command.

show fex chassis-id version

Syntax Description

chassis-ID

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the software version of a Fabric Extender:

switch# show fex 101 version 

  System boot mode:             primary

  System image version:         5.1(1) [build 5.1(0.159.6)]

  Module:                       Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G Module

  Serial number:                JAF1407AANJ

Kernel uptime is 1 day(s), 1 hour(s), 47 minutes(s), 4 second(s)

Last reset at Mon Sep  6 07:43:23 2010

  Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload

  Service: Reload requested by supervisor

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show interface

To display the interface status and information, use the show interface command.

show interface

Syntax Description

This command has numerous keywords. For more details, see the Usage Guidelines section for this command.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

Changed the show interface output and added the field descriptions in Table 4.

5.1(1)

Changed the command output to show the port is suspended due to min-links.

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To display with keywords, see the following commands in this document:

show interface brief—Displays brief information of interface.

show interface capabilities—Displays the information about the interfaces capabilities.

show interface counters—Displays interface counters.

show interface counters detailed—Displays only non zero counters.

show interface counters errors—Displays interface error counters.

show interface counters module—Displays interface counters on a specified module.

show interface counters snmp—Displays SNMP MIB values.

show interface counters storm-control—Displays interface storm-control counters.

show interface counters trunk—Displays interface trunk counters.

show interface debounce—Displays interface debounce time information.

show interface description—Displays a description about the interface.

show interface ethernet—Displays Ethernet interface information.

show interface flowcontrol—Displays interface flow control information.

show interface mgmt—Displays the management interface.

show interface port-channel—Displays the port-channel interface.

show interface port-channel counters—Displays the interface port-channel counters.

show interface status—Displays the interface line status.

show interface switchport—Displays interface switchport information.

show interface transceiver—Displays interface transceiver information.

show interface trunk—Displays interface trunk information.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display interface status information. See Table 4 for a description of the command output.

switch# show interface e4/2

Ethernet4/2 is down (Link not connected)

  Hardware: 10/100/1000 Ethernet, address: 0018.bad8.80d1 (bia 0024.f71c.739d)

  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec

  reliability 153/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255

  Auto-Negotiation is turned on

  Input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off

  Switchport monitor is off

  Last link flapped 01:56:44

  Last clearing of "show interface" counters 1d04h

  30 seconds input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

  30 seconds output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

  Load-Interval #2: 5 minute (300 seconds)

    input rate 0 bps, 0 pps; output rate 0 bps, 0 pps

    ucast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes

    ucast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes

    4 unicast packets  2 multicast packets  0 broadcast packets

    6 input packets  730 bytes

    0 jumbo packets  0 storm suppression packets

    0 runts  0 giants  0 CRC  0 no buffer

    4 input error  0 short frame  0 overrun   0 underrun  0 ignored

    0 watchdog  0 bad etype drop  0 bad proto drop  0 if down drop

    0 input with dribble  0 input discard

    0 unicast packets  4 multicast packets  0 broadcast packets

    4 output packets  916 bytes

    0 output error  0 collision  0 deferred  0 late collision

    0 lost carrier  0 no carrier  0 babble  0 output discard

Table 4 describes the output of the show interface command.

Table 4 Field Descriptions for the show interface Command 

Field

Description

Ethernet slot/port is {up | down | link-up}

Indicates that the state of the port is as follows:

up — The port is operationally up.

down — The port is operationally down.

link-up — The link is up, but the port is not yet fully operational for traffic to the data plane, although it is operational for control protocols.

{ Dedicated | Shared | Dedicated(Shared) } Interface

Indicates interfaces that belong to certain modules like the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series F1 Series modules and the F2 Series modules that can be shared between virtual device contexts (VDCs). The owner VDC is always an Ethernet VDC and the shared VDC is always a storage Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) VDC. The VDC that actually owns the interface is called the owner VDC and the one with which it is shared is called the shared VDC. Such an interface is listed as Dedicated(Shared) in the owner VDC and it is listed as a Shared interface in the shared VDC. Interfaces that are not shared between VDCs are listed as Dedicated interfaces.

Hardware: speed1 | … | speedn Ethernet, address: mac_address (bia burned_in_mac_address)

Indicates speed (in Mbps) that the linecard supports. In the preceding example, the linecard supports speeds of 10, 100, and 1000 Mbps.

For all interfaces in Layer 3 (routed) mode, the mac_address is the address assigned to the VDC by the virtual device manager. The VDCs are assigned addressed in sequentially increasing order. The mac_address for a Layer 2 interface is the same as its burned_in_mac_address.

The burned_in_mac_address is assigned by the manufacturer of the module and is static and different (possibly assigned in serial order) for each of its ports.

MTU x bytes,
BW y Kbit,
DLY z usec

Indicates the maximum transmission unit (MTU). For Layer 2 interfaces, the MTU can be set either to 1500 (the default) or to the system jumbo MTU which is 9216 bytes. For Layer 3 interfaces, the MTU can range from 576 to 9216 bytes, with1500 bytes being the default. MTU can only be set to even values.

BW indicates the bandwidth of the interface. The bandwidth is determined by the following logic. The first one that holds true is applied.

1) The user configured bandwidth value.

2) Operational speed of the port (the port is up).

3) User configured speed value.

4) Maximum speed supported by the port (the default case).

DLY indicates a value for the throughput-delay parameter and provides a value used by Layer 3 protocols; it does not change the actual throughput delay of an interface. The Layer 3 protocols can use this value to make operating decisions. For example, Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) can use the delay setting to set a preference for one Ethernet link over another, if other parameters such as the link speed are equal. The delay value that you set is in the tens of microseconds.

reliability 1-255/255, txload 1-255/255, rxload 1-255/255

Indicates that reliability is a function of how many of the incoming and the outgoing packets were erroneous. txload is a function of the outgoing rate of traffic in terms of the configured bandwidth. rxload is a function of the incoming rate of traffic in terms of the configured bandwidth of the port.

Encapsulation ARPA

Indicates that the encapsulation type is static as ARPA.

{auto | half | full}-duplex, {auto | operational_speed}-speed

These fields are printed only when the interface is administratively down and neither the speed or duplex parameters are configured on the interface.When the interface is brought administratively up, if there is a valid transceiver inserted in the interface, the speed of the transceiver is shown. Also the supported duplex mode is shown, and is either full or half. For modules that support autonegotiation, the speed and duplex parameters are shown as autonegotiated. These parameters go hand-in-hand, which means that for a certain speed to be configured, there must exist a specific duplex mode. For example: When speed auto is configured, the duplex mode must be auto too. Also for speeds greater than 1 Gbps, the duplex mode cannot be half.

Beacon is turned {on | off }

Indicates the state of beacon mode that allows you to identify a physical port by a flashing green LED. By default, this mode is disabled. To identify the physical port for an interface, you can activate the beacon parameter for the interface.

Auto-Negotiation is turned {on | off }

Indicates whether the two connected ports can autonegotiate parameters such as speed and duplex. Autonegotiation is on when multiple speeds are supported by the linecard and the current speed is auto.

Input flow-control is {on | off }

output flow-control is {on | off }

Indicates whether flow control is allowed between two ports. The corresponding receive and send flow control parameters must be set for both ports as enabled or desired. When you set the parameter to enabled, the send or receive flow-control function is activated regardless of the setting of the other port. When you set the parameter to desired, the send or receive flow-control function is activated if you set the corresponding flow-control state of the other port to enabled or desired. If you set one of the flow control states to disabled, flow control is disabled for that transmission direction.

Auto-mdix {on | off }

Indicates whether automatic medium-dependent interface crossover (auto-mdix) feature is turned on or off.

Switchport monitor is {on | off}

Indicates whether the port has been configured to act as a SPAN destination port.

EtherType is {0x8100 | 0x88A8 | 0x9100}

Indicates the type of Ethernet frames that can be carried on this port. The following EtherTypes are possible:

0x8100 for 802.1q frames

0x88A8 for 802.1ad double tagged frames

0x9100 for QinQ frames.

Last link flapped {never | uv:wx:yz}

Indicates the time elapsed in seconds when the link operationally went down or up.

Last clearing of «show interface» counters {never | uv:wx:yz}

Indicates the time elapsed since the execution of either the clear counters interface ex/y command or clear counters command.

30 seconds input rate

30 seconds output rate

Indicates that the average number of bits and packets transmitted per second in the last 30 seconds.

The 30 seconds input and output rates should be used only as an approximation of traffic per second during a given 30-second period. These rates are exponentially weighted averages with a time constant of 30 seconds. A period of 4 time constants must pass before the average will be within 2 percent of the instantaneous rate of a uniform stream of traffic over that period.

input packets

Indicates the number of good and bad input packets.

bytes

Indicates the number of good and bad input bytes.

storm suppression packets

Indicates the number of storm suppression packets which is the total of unicast suppression packets, multicast suppression packets, and broadcast suppression packets.

runt

Indicates packets with a bad cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of fewer than 64 bytes.

giant

Indicates a packet length that is greater than the configured MTU on the interface.

CRC

Indicates the count of packets of any length that come in with a CRC error:

Fewer than 64 bytes with a CRC.

64 bytes up to the MTU number of bytes with a CRC.

Greater than the MTU number of bytes with a CRC.

no buffer

Indicates the number of received packets discarded because there was no buffer space in the main system. (Compare with ignored.) Broadcast storms on Ethernet networks and bursts of noise on serial lines are often responsible for no input buffer events.

input error

Indicates the sum of CRC (as defined previously in this table), short frames, giants, and wrong encapsulation frames.

short frame

Indicates a good packet length that is less than 64 bytes.

underrun

Indicates the number of transmit aborts (when the router cannot feed the transmitter fast enough).

ignored

Indicates the number of received packets that are ignored by the interface because the interface hardware ran low on internal buffers. These buffers are different than the system buffers mentioned previously in the buffer description. Broadcast storms and bursts of noise can cause the ignored count to be increased.

watchdog

Indicates the number of times the watchdog receive timer expired. The timer expires when it receives a packet with a length greater than 2048.

bad etype drop

Indicates the number of bad EtherType drops.

bad proto drop

Indicates the number of bad prototype drops.

if down drop

Indicates the number of interface down drops.

input with dribble

Indicates that a frame is slightly too long. This frame error counter is incremented for informational purposes; the frame is accepted.

input discard

Indicates the number of packets dropped in the input queue due to congestion. This number includes drops due to tail drop and weighted random early detection (WRED).

Rx pause

Indicates the number of received flow control frames.


Note The Rx pause counter can increment even when flow control is not enabled on an interface.


unicast packets

Indicates the number of good output unicast packets.

multicast packets

Indicates the number of good output multicast packets.

broadcast packets

Indicates the number of good output broadcast packets.

output packets

Indicates the total number of good output packets.

jumbo packets

Indicates the number of good packets that are greater than 1548 bytes.

output error

Indicates the sum total of excessive length packets, late collision packets, excessive collision packets, excessive deferral packets, crc_tx (output packets with bad CRC) packets, and fifo underrun packets.

collision

Indicates the number of messages transmitted due to an Ethernet collision. A packet that collides is counted only once in output packets.

deferred

Indicates that the chip had to defer while it was to transmit a frame because the carrier was asserted.

late collision

Indicates the number of late collisions. A late collision happens when a collision occurs after transmitting the preamble. The most common cause of late collisions is that Ethernet cable segments are too long for the speed at which they are being transmitting.

lost carrier

Indicates the number of times the carrier was lost during transmission.

no carrier

Indicates the number of times the carrier was not present during the transmission.

babble

Indicates that the transmit jabber timer expired.

output discard

Indicates the number of packets dropped in the output queue due to congestion. This number includes drops due to tail drop and weighted random early detection (WRED).

Tx pause

Indicates the number of output flow control frames.

interface reset

Indicates the number of link flaps.

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface brief

To display brief information about the interface, use the show interface brief command.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces. Use the show interface brief command to display brief information about the interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display brief information about the interface:

switch# show interface brief

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port   VRF          Status IP Address                              Speed    MTU

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

mgmt0  --           up     172.28.231.193                          1000     1500

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ethernet      VLAN   Type Mode   Status  Reason                   Speed     Port

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eth2/1        --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/2        --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/3        --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/4        1      eth  pvlan  down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/5        --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/6        1      eth  access down    Link not connected         auto(D) --

Eth2/7        1      eth  access up      none                       1000(D) --

Eth2/8        --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/9        1      eth  access up      none                       1000(D) --

Eth2/10       1      eth  access down    Link not connected         auto(D) --

Eth2/11       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/12       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/13       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/14       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/15       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/16       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/17       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/18       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/19       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/20       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/21       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/22       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/23       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/24       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/25       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/26       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/27       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/28       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/29       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/30       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/31       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/32       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/33       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/34       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/35       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/36       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/37       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/38       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/39       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/40       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/41       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/42       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/43       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/44       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/45       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/46       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/47       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

Eth2/48       --     eth  routed down    Administratively down      auto(D) --

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interface      Secondary VLAN(Type)                    Status     Reason

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface capabilities

To display information about the interface capabilities, use the show interface capabilities command.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] capabilities

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface capabilities command to display information about the capabilities of the interface such as the speed, duplex, and rate mode. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the capabilities for a specific interface:

switch# show interface ethernet 2/7 capabilities

  Trunk encap. type:     802.1Q

  Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)

  Flowcontrol:           rx-(off/on/desired),tx-(off/on/desired)

  QOS scheduling:        rx-(2q4t),tx-(1p3q4t)

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface counters

To display in and out counters for all interfaces in the system, use the show interface counters command.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] counters

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface counters command to display in and out counters for all or a specific interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the in and out counters for all interfaces:

switch# show interface counters

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port                InOctets       InUcastPkts      InMcastPkts      InBcastPkts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

mgmt0              137046816             46882           115497           267729

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port               OutOctets      OutUcastPkts     OutMcastPkts     OutBcastPkts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

mgmt0                7555343             45951             1352              136

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear counters interface

Clears the counters for the specified interfaces.

show interface counters errors

To display interface error counters, use the show interface counters errors.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] counter errors

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface counters errors command to display interface error counters. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the interface error counters:

switch# show interface counters errors

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       Align-Err     FCS-Err    Xmit-Err     Rcv-Err   UnderSize OutDiscards

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port      Single-Col   Multi-Col    Late-Col   Exces-Col   Carri-Sen       Runts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port          Giants SQETest-Err Deferred-Tx IntMacTx-Er IntMacRx-Er  Symbol-Err

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear counters interface

Clears the counters for the specified interfaces.

show interface counters storm-control

To display interface storm control discard counters, use the show interface counters storm-control.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] counters storm-control

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface counters storm-control command to display interface storm control discard counters. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the interface storm control discard counters:

switch# show interface counters storm-control

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       UcastSupp %     McastSupp %     BcastSupp %     TotalSuppDiscards

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eth2/1          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/2          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/3          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/4          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/5          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/6          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/7          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/8          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/9          100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/10         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/11         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/12         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/13         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/14         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/15         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/16         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/17         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/18         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/19         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/20         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/21         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/22         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/23         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/24         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/25         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/26         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/27         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/28         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/29         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/30         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/31         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/32         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/33         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/34         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/35         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/36         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/37         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/38         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/39         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/40         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/41         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/42         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/43         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/44         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/45         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/46         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/47         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Eth2/48         100.00          100.00          100.00                     0

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear counters interface

Clears the counters for the specified interfaces.

show interface counters trunk

To display the counters for Layer 2 switch port trunk interfaces, use the show interface counters trunk command.

show interface {ethernet slot/port} counters trunk

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The device supports only IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation. This command also displays the counters for trunk port channels.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the counters for a trunk interface. This display shows the frames transmitted and received through the trunk interface, as well as the number of frames with the wrong trunk encapsulation:

switch# show interface ethernet 2/9 counters trunk

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Port            TrunkFramesTx   TrunkFramesRx      WrongEncap

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear counters interface

Clears the counters for the specified interfaces.

show interface debounce

To display the debounce time information about the interface, use the show interface debounce command.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] debounce

Syntax Description

ethernet

(Optional) Specifies the slot and port of the Ethernet interface that you want to display.

slot/port

(Optional) Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

channel-number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface debounce command to display debounce time information about the interface. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display debounce time information about the interface:

switch# show interface debounce

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port          Debounce time   Value(ms)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

link debounce time

Enables the debounce timer for Ethernet ports.

show interface description

To display a description about the interface, use the show interface description command.

show interface description

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface description command to display the interface description.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a description of the interface:

switch# show interface description

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port          Type   Speed   Description

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eth2/10       eth    1000    ethernet slot 2 port 10

...<additional lines truncated>

Related Commands

Command

Description

description

Provides textual interface descriptions for interfaces.

show interface ethernet

To display information about the Ethernet interface, use the show interface ethernet command.

show interface ethernet slot/port [brief | cable-diagnostics-tdr | capabilities | counters {brief | detailed | errors | snmp | storm-control |trunk}| debounce | description | fcoe | flowcontrol | mac-address | status {err-disabled | err-vlans}| switchport | transceiver | trunk]

Syntax Description

slot/port

Slot number and port number for the Ethernet interface. The range is from 1 to 253.

brief

(Optional) Displays brief information about the interface.

cable-diagnostics-tdr

(Optional) Displays information about the time domain reflectometer (TDR) test.

capabilities

(Optional) Displays interface capabilities.

brief

Displays information about the counters in brief.

detailed

Displays only nonzero counters.

errors

Displays error counters in the interface.

snmp

Displays SNMP MIB values.

storm-control

Displays storm-control counters.

trunk

Displays trunk counters.

debounce

(Optional) Displays the debounce time of the interface.

description

(Optional) Displays the interface description.

fcoe

(Optional) Displays the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) information of the interface.

flowcontrol

(Optional) Displays the flow-control information.

mac-address

(Optional) Displays the MAC address.

status

(Optional) Displays the link status of the interface.

err-disabled

(Optional) Displays the error-disabled state of the interface.

err-vlans

(Optional) Displays VLAN errors in the interface.

switchport

(Optional) Displays switch-port information.

transceiver

(Optional) Displays the transceiver information.

trunk

(Optional) Displays interface trunk information.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

Added the brief, cable-diagnostics-tdr, capabilities, debounce, description, detailed, errors, err-disabled, err-vlans, fcoe, flowcontrol, mac-address, snmp, storm-control, status, switchport, transceiver, and trunk keywords.

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface ethernet command to display information about the Ethernet interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the Ethernet interface:

switch# show interface ethernet 2/5

Ethernet2/5 is down (Administratively down)

  Hardware: 10/100/1000 Ethernet, address: 0018.bad8.3ffd (bia 0019.076c.4db0)

  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec,

     reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255

  Auto-Negotiation is turned on

  Input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off

  Switchport monitor is off

  Last clearing of "show interface" counters never

  1 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

  1 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

    ucast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes

    ucast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkts, 0 bytes

    0 input packets 0 unicast packets 0 multicast packets

    0 broadcast packets 0 jumbo packets 0 storm suppression packets

    0 output packets 0 multicast packets

    0 broadcast packets 0 jumbo packets

    0 input error 0 short frame 0 watchdog

    0 no buffer 0 runt 0 CRC 0 ecc

    0 overrun  0 underrun 0 ignored 0 bad etype drop

    0 bad proto drop 0 if down drop 0 input with dribble

    0 output error 0 collision 0 deferred

    0 late collision 0 lost carrier 0 no carrier

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface flowcontrol

To display the flow-control configuration for all or a specified interface, use the show interface flowcontrol command.

show interface flowcontrol [fex | port-channel channel-number] flowcontrol

Syntax Description

fex

(Optional) Displays the Fabric Extender interface that you want to display. the range is from 100 t0 199

port-channel channel-number

(Optional) Displays the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

flowcontrol

(Optional) Displays the interface flowcontrol information.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin 2
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

5.1

The fex keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface flowcontrol command to display information about the interface flow control. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the interface flow-control information:

switch# show interface flowcontrol

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       Send FlowControl  Receive FlowControl  RxPause TxPause

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eth2/1     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/2     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/3     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/4     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/5     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/6     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/7     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/8     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/9     off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/10    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/11    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/12    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/13    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/14    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/15    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/16    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/17    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/18    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/19    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/20    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/21    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/22    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/23    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/24    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/25    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/26    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/27    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/28    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/29    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/30    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/31    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/32    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/33    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/34    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/35    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/36    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/37    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/38    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/39    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/40    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/41    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/42    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/43    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/44    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/45    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/46    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/47    off      off      off      off         0       0

Eth2/48    off      off      off      off         0       0

Related Commands

Command

Description

flowcontrol

Enables or disables the ability of the Ethernet port to send and receive flow-control pause frames.

show interface mgmt

To display the management interface information, use the show interface mgmt command.

show interface mgmt number [brief | counters [detailed | errors [snmp]] | description | status]

Syntax Description

number

Information about the management interface number. The valid value is 0.

brief

(Optional) Displays brief information about the management interface.

counters

(Optional) Displays the counters for the management interface.

detailed

(Optional) Displays detailed information about the counters for the management interface.

errors

(Optional) Displays the errors for the management interface.

snmp

(Optional) Displays the SNMP errors for the management interface.

description

(Optional) Displays the description of the management interface.

status

(Optional) Displays the status of the management interface.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface mgmt number command to display information about the management interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the management interface information:

switch# show interface mgmt0

  Hardware: GigabitEthernet, address: 0019.076c.1a78 (bia 0019.076c.1a78)

  Internet Address is 172.28.231.193/23

  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec,

     reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255

  Auto-Negotiation is turned on

  1 minute input rate 6446522 bits/sec, 78642 packets/sec

  1 minute output rate 1965455 bits/sec, 20644 packets/sec

    78681 input packets 15607 unicast packets 20178 multicast packets

    42896 broadcast packets 24189392 bytes

    20647 output packets 20377 unicast packets 246 multicast packets

    24 broadcast packets 7370904 bytes

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface port-channel

To display descriptive information about port channels, use the show interface port-channel command.

show interface port-channel channel-number [brief | description | flowcontrol | status | switchport | trunk]

Syntax Description

channel-number

Number of the port-channel group. The range is from 1 to 4096.

brief

(Optional) Specifies the summary information for specified port channels.

description

(Optional) Specifies the description of specified port channels.

flowcontrol

(Optional) Specifies information about the flow-control status control for specified port channels and the statistics on received and transmitted flow-control pause packets.

status

(Optional) Specifies information about the status for specified port channels.

switchport

(Optional) Specifies information for specified Layer 2 port channels including access and trunk modes.

trunk

(Optional) Specifies information for specified Layer 2 port channels on the trunk mode.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

Display of configured static MAC address for Layer 3 port channels was added.

Usage Guidelines

To display more statistics for the specified port channels, use the show interface port-channel counters command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information for a specific port channel. This example displays statistical information gathered on the port channel at 1-minute intervals:

switch(config)# show interface port-channel 50

port-channel50 is down (No operational members)

  Hardware is Port-Channel, address is 0000.0000.0000 (bia 0000.0000.0000)

  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec,

     reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255

  Input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off

  Switchport monitor is off

  Members in this channel: Eth2/10

  Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d71.2uh

  1 minute input rate 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

  1 minute output rate 0 bytes/sec, 0 packets/sec

    0 input packets 0 unicast packets 0 multicast packets

    0 broadcast packets 0 jumbo packets 0 storm suppression packets

    0 output packets 0 multicast packets

    0 broadcast packets 0 jumbo packets

    0 input error 0 short frame 0 watchdog

    0 no buffer 0 runt 0 CRC 0 ecc

    0 overrun  0 underrun 0 ignored 0 bad etype drop

    0 bad proto drop 0 if down drop 0 input with dribble

    0 output error 0 collision 0 deferred

    0 late collision 0 lost carrier 0 no carrier

    0 Rx pause 0 Tx pause 0 reset

This example shows how to display a brief description for a specific port channel, including the mode for the port channel, the status, speed, and protocol:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 brief

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port-channel VLAN  Type Mode   Status  Reason                    Speed  Protocol

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  eth  access down    No operational members      auto(D)  lacp

This example shows how to display the description for a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 description

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This example shows how to display the flow-control information for a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 50 flowcontrol

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       Send FlowControl  Receive FlowControl  RxPause TxPause

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The oper display for the show interface port-channel flowcontrol command shows as on if one member of the port channel is set to on for flow control and all the of the members and the entire port channel is set to on for flow control.

This example shows how to display the status of a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 status

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port           Name               Status   Vlan      Duplex  Speed   Type

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This example shows how to display information for a specific Layer 2 port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 50 switchport

  Switchport Monitor: Not enabled

  Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1-3967,4048-4093

  Administrative private-vlan primary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan primary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

  Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

  Operational private-vlan: none

This command displays information for Layer 2 port channels in both the access and trunk modes.

When you use this command for a routed port channel, the device returns the following message:

This example shows how to display information for a specific Layer 2 port channel that is in trunk mode:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 trunk

switch# show interface port-channel 50 trunk

port-channel50 is down (No operational members)

    Hardware is Ethernet, address is 0000.0000.0000

    MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec

    Receive flow-control is off, Send flow-control is off

  Members in this channel: Eth2/10

    Allowed Vlans: 1-3967,4048-4093

This command displays information for only Layer 2 port channels in the trunk modes; you cannot display information about Layer 2 port channels in the access mode with this command.

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface port-channel counters

Displays the statistics for channel groups.

show port-channel summary

Displays summary information for all channel groups.

show interface port-channel counters

To display information about port-channel statistics, use the show interface port-channel counters command.

show interface port-channel channel-number counters [brief | detailed [all | snmp] | errors [snmp] | trunk]

Syntax Description

channel-number

Number of the port-channel group. The range is from1 to 4096.

brief

(Optional) Specifies the rate MB/s and total frames for specified port channels.

detailed

(Optional) Specifies the nonzero counters for specified port channels.

all

(Optional) Specifies the counters for specified port channels.

snmp

(Optional) Specifies the SNMP MIB values for specified port channels.

errors

(Optional) Specifies the interface error counters for specified port channels.

trunk

(Optional) Specifies the interface trunk counters for specified port channels.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command displays statistics for all port channels including the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)-enabled port channels and those port channels that are not associated with an aggregation protocol.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the counters for a specific port channel. This example display shows the transmitted and received unicast and multicast packets:

switch# show interface port-channel 2 counters

Port            InOctets   InUcastPkts   InMcastPkts   InBcastPkts

Port           OutOctets  OutUcastPkts  OutMcastPkts  OutBcastPkts

This example shows how to display the brief counters for a specific port channel. This display shows the transmitted and received rate and total frames:

switch# show interface port-channel 20 counters brief

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interface              Input (rate is 1 min avg)  Output (rate is 1 min avg)

                       -------------------------  -----------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This example shows how to display all the detailed counters for a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 20 counters detailed all

  10.                 rxTxHCPkts64Octets = 0

  11.            rxTxHCpkts65to127Octets = 0

  12.           rxTxHCpkts128to255Octets = 0

  13.           rxTxHCpkts256to511Octets = 0

  14.          rxTxHCpkts512to1023Octets = 0

  15.         rxTxHCpkts1024to1518Octets = 0

  16.         rxTxHCpkts1519to1548Octets = 0

  14.              rxHCPkts65to127Octets = 0

  15.             rxHCPkts128to255Octets = 0

  16.             rxHCPkts256to511Octets = 0

  17.            rxHCpkts512to1023Octets = 0

  18.           rxHCpkts1024to1518Octets = 0

  19.           rxHCpkts1519to1548Octets = 0

  21.              txHCPkts65to127Octets = 0

  22.             txHCPkts128to255Octets = 0

  23.             txHCPkts256to511Octets = 0

  24.            txHCpkts512to1023Octets = 0

  25.           txHCpkts1024to1518Octets = 0

  26.           txHCpkts1519to1548Octets = 0

  74.               InLayer3RoutedOctets = 0

  76.              OutLayer3RoutedOctets = 0

  78.             OutLayer3UnicastOctets = 0

  79.                 OutLayer3Multicast = 0

  80.           OutLayer3MulticastOctets = 0

  82.              InLayer3UnicastOctets = 0

  83.                  InLayer3Multicast = 0

  84.            InLayer3MulticastOctets = 0

  85.              InLayer3AverageOctets = 0

  86.             InLayer3AveragePackets = 0

  87.             OutLayer3AverageOctets = 0

  88.            OutLayer3AveragePackets = 0

This example shows how to display the error counters for a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 counters errors

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       Align-Err     FCS-Err    Xmit-Err     Rcv-Err   UnderSize OutDiscards

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port      Single-Col   Multi-Col    Late-Col   Exces-Col   Carri-Sen       Runts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port          Giants SQETest-Err Deferred-Tx IntMacTx-Er IntMacRx-Er  Symbol-Err

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This example shows how to display information about the trunk interfaces for a specific port channel:

switch# show interface port-channel 5 counters trunk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port            TrunkFramesTx   TrunkFramesRx      WrongEncap

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear counters

Clears the statistics for all interfaces that belong to a specific channel group.

show interface transceiver fex-fabric

To display Fabric Extender (FEX) interface transceiver information, use the show interface transceiver fex-fabric command.

show interface transceiver fex-fabric {calibrations | details}

Syntax Description

calibrations

Displays interface transceiver calibration information.

details

Displays interface transceiver detail information.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display interface transceiver calibration information:

switch# show interface transceiver fex-fabric calibrations

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141700UE

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

Calibration info not available

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141700V2

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

This example shows how to display interface transceiver detail information:

switch# show interface transceiver fex-fabric details

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141700UE

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

    Calibration info not available

    part number is FTLX8570D3BCL-C1

    serial number is FNS141700V2

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125mm fiber is 0 m(s)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show interface status

To display the interface line status, use the show interface status command.

show interface status [down | err-disabled | err-vlans | inactive | module number | up]

Syntax Description

down

(Optional) Displays the interface down state.

err-disabled

(Optional) Displays the interface error-disabled state.

err-vlans

(Optional) Displays the VLANs with errors.

inactive

(Optional) Displays the interface inactive state.

module number

(Optional) Displays the module number. The range is from 1 to 18.

up

(Optional) Displays the interface up state.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

4.1(2)

The err-vlans parameter was added.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show interface status to display the interface line status.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the interface status for a specific module:

switch# show interface status module 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port           Name               Status   Vlan      Duplex  Speed   Type

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Eth2/1         --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/2         --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/3         --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/4         --                 down     1         auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/5         --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/6         --                 down     1         auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/7         server2            up       1         full    1000    1000BaseT

Eth2/8         --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/9         --                 up       1         full    1000    1000BaseT

Eth2/10        ethernet slot 2 po down     1         auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/11        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/12        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/13        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/14        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/15        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/16        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/17        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/18        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/19        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/20        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/21        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/22        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/23        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/24        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/25        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/26        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/27        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/28        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/29        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/30        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/31        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/32        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/33        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/34        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/35        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/36        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/37        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/38        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/39        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/40        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/41        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/42        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/43        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/44        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/45        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/46        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/47        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Eth2/48        --                 down     routed    auto    auto    1000BaseT

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

show interface switchport

To display information about all the switch-port interfaces, use the show interface switchport command.

show interface [ethernet type/slot | port-channel channel-number] switchport

Syntax Description

ethernet type/slot

(Optional) Type and number of the interface that you want to display.

port-channel channel-number

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display. The range is from 1to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

Information about private VLAN promiscuous trunk ports was added.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify an interface, this command displays information about all Layer 2 interfaces, including access, trunk, port-channel interfaces, and all private VLAN ports.

Use the show interface counters command to display statistics for the specified Layer 2 interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information for all Layer 2 interfaces:

switch# show interface switchport

  Switchport Monitor: Not enabled

  Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1-3967,4048-4093

  Administrative private-vlan primary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan primary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

  Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

  Operational private-vlan: none

  Switchport Monitor: Not enabled

  Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1-3967,4048-4093

  Administrative private-vlan primary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan primary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

  Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

  Operational private-vlan: none

  Switchport Monitor: Not enabled

  Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking VLANs Enabled: 1-3967,4048-4093

  Administrative private-vlan primary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan primary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

  Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none

  Operational private-vlan: none

Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 4.2(1), you can display information on private VLAN promiscuous trunk ports on Cisco Nexus 7000 Series devices. This example shows how to display information for those interfaces:

switch# show interface switchport

  Administrative Mode: private-vlan trunk promiscuous

  Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate

  Negotiation of Trunking: on

  Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

  Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled

  Administrative private-vlan host-association: none

  Administrative private-vlan mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan secondary mapping: none

  Administrative private-vlan trunk Native VLAN tagging: enabled

  Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q

  Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: 1, 4, 3000-4000

  Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLAN mappings: 

      2 (VLAN0002)  3 (VLAN0003)           4 (VLAN0004)  5 (VLAN00005)

     10 (VLAN0010)  20 (CLAN0020)          30 (VLAN0030)  40 (Inactive)

  Operational private-vlan: none

Related Commands

Command

Description

switchport mode

Sets the specified interfaces as either Layer 2 access or trunk interfaces.

show interface transceiver

To display information about all the transceiver interfaces, use the show interface transceiver command.

show interface transceiver [calibrations | details]

Syntax Description

calibrations

(Optional) Displays calibration information for transceivers.

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed information for transceivers.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display calibration information for transceiver interfaces:

switch(config)# show interface transceiver calibrations

    part number is SPP5101LR-C1

    serial number is ECL121601PB

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 9/125um fiber is 10 km(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

                SFP External Calibrations Information

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------

                Slope  Offset      Rx4/Rx3/Rx2/Rx1/Rx0

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------

    Rx Power                       0.0000/0.0000/0.0000/0.0000/0.0000

This example shows how to display detailed information for transceiver interfaces:

switch(config)# show interface transceiver detailed

    part number is SPP5101SR-C1

    serial number is ECL1120017J

    nominal bitrate is 10300 MBits/sec

    Link length supported for 50/125um fiber is 82 m(s)

    Link length supported for 62.5/125um fiber is 26 m(s)

    cisco extended id number is 4

           SFP Detail Diagnostics Information (external calibration)

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Temperature   25.54 C        75.00 C     -5.00 C     70.00 C        0.00 C

  Voltage        3.22 V         3.63 V      2.97 V      3.46 V        3.13 V

  Current        4.49 mA       10.00 mA     0.00 mA     9.00 mA       0.00 mA

  Tx Power       -3.50 dBm       2.99 dBm  -11.30 dBm   -1.00 dBm     -7.30 dBm

  Rx Power       -2.92 dBm       2.99 dBm  -13.97 dBm   -1.00 dBm     -9.91 dBm

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the specified interfaces.

show interface trunk

To display information about all the trunk interfaces, use the show interface trunk command.

show interface [ethernet slot/port | port-channel channel-number] trunk [module number | vlan vlan-id]

Syntax Description

ethernet slot/port

(Optional) Type and number of the interface that you want to display.

port-channel channel-number

(Optional) Specifies the port-channel number of the port-channel interface that you want to display.

module number

(Optional) Specifies the module number. The range is from 1 to 18.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Specifies the VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 2499 to and from 2628 to 4093.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify an interface, a module number, or a VLAN number, the system displays information for all trunk interfaces.

This command displays information about all Layer 2 trunk interfaces and trunk port-channel interfaces.

Use the show interface counters command to display statistics for the specified Layer 2 interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information for all Layer 2 trunk interfaces:

switch(config)# show interface trunk

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Port       Vlans Allowed on Trunk

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

switchport mode trunk

Sets the specified interfaces as Layer 2 trunk interfaces.

show interface tunnel

To display information about the tunnel interfaces, use the show interface tunnel command.

show interface tunnel number

Syntax Description

number

Number of the tunnel interface that you want to display information for. The range is from 0 to 65503.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(2)

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

Display of configured static MAC address was added.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about tunnel interfaces:

switch(config)# show interface tunnel 5

Tunnel5 is down (Administratively down)

    MTU 1476 bytes, BW 9 Kbit

    Transport protocol is in VRF "default"

    Tunnel protocol/transport GRE/IP

    Last clearing of "show interface" counters never

    0 packets output, 1 minute output rate 0 packets/sec

    0 packets input, 1 minute input rate 0 packets/sec 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the specified interfaces.

show inventory fex

To display the system inventory of a Fabric Extender (FEX), such as the name, description, and volume ID, use the show inventory fex command

show inventory fex chassis-id

Syntax Description

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the system inventory of a specific Fabric Extender chassis:

switch# show inventory fex 101

PID: N2K-C2248TP-1GE     ,  VID: V00 ,  SN: JAF1407AANJ

NAME: "FEX 101 Module 1",  DESCR: "Fabric Extender Module: 32x10G BaseT, 8x10G B

PID: N2K-C2248TP-1GE     ,  VID: V00 ,  SN: SSI14061500

NAME: "FEX 101 Fan 1",  DESCR: "Fabric Extender Fan module"

PID: N2K-C2332-FAN       ,  VID: N/A ,  SN: N/A

NAME: "FEX 101 Power Supply 1",  DESCR: "Fabric Extender AC power supply"

PID: N2200-PAC-400W      ,  VID: V00 ,  SN: LIT14030HK9

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

To display statistics related to the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command.

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

Added the command output (added two counters)

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To enable this feature, use the feature dhcp command.

Examples

This example shows how to display statistics related to DHCP:

switch# show ip dhcp snooping statistics

Packets received through cfsoe 0

Packets forwarded on cfsoe 0

Packets dropped from untrusted ports 0

Packets dropped due to MAC address check failure 0

Packets dropped due to Option 82 insertion failure 0

Packets dropped due to o/p intf unknown 0

Packets dropped which were unknown 0

Packets dropped due to dhcp relay not enabled 0

Packets dropped due to no binding entry 0

Packets dropped due to interface error/no interface 0

Packets dropped due to max hops exceeded 0

Related Commands

Command

Description

show ip dhcp snooping statistics

Display statistics related to the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.

show lacp counters

To display information about Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics, use the show lacp counters command.

show lacp counters [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Number of the LACP channel group. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify the channel-number, all channel groups are displayed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the LACP statistics for a specific channel group:

switch# show lacp counters interface port-channel 1

LACPDUs         Marker      Marker Response    LACPDUs

Port              Sent   Recv     Sent   Recv     Sent   Recv      Pkts Err

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ethernet1/1        554    536      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/2        527    514      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/3        535    520      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/4        515    502      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/5        518    505      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/6        540    529      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/7        541    530      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/8        547    532      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/9        544    532      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/10       513    501      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/11       497    485      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/12       493    486      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/13       492    485      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/14       482    481      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/15       481    476      0      0        0      0        0

Ethernet1/16       482    477      0      0        0      0        0

Related Commands

Command

Description

clear lacp counters

Clears the statistics for all LACP interfaces or those interfaces that belong to a specific LACP channel group.

show lacp interface

To display information about specific Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) interfaces, use the show lacp interface command.

show lacp interface ethernet slot/port

Syntax Description

slot/port

Slot number and port number for the interface you want to display. The range is from 1 to 253.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The LACP_Activity field displays whether the link is configured in the active or passive port-channel mode.

The Port Identifier field displays the port priority as part of the information. The part of the information in this field is the port number. The following example shows how to identify the port priority and the port number:

Port Identifier=0x8000,0x101

The port priority value is 0x8000, and the port number value is 0x101 in this example.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the LACP statistics for a specific channel group:

switch# show lacp interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if-range)# show lacp interface eth1/1

Interface Ethernet1/1 is up

  Channel group is 1 port channel is Po1

Lag Id: [ [(8000, 0-11-11-22-22-74, 0, 8000, 101), (8000, 0-11-11-22-22-75, 0, 8

Operational as aggregated link since Wed Jun 11 20:37:59 2008

Local Port: Eth1/1   MAC Address= 0-11-11-22-22-74

  System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-74

  Port Identifier=0x8000,0x101

  LACP_Timeout=Long Timeout (30s)

  Partner information refresh timeout=Long Timeout (90s)

  MAC Address= 0-11-11-22-22-75

  System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-75

  Port Identifier=0x8000,0x401

  LACP_Timeout=Long Timeout (30s)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel summary

Displays information about all port-channel groups.

show lacp neighbor

To display information about Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) neighbors, use the show lacp neighbor command.

show lacp neighbor [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Port-channel number for the LACP neighbor that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify the channel-number, all channel groups are displayed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the information about the LACP neighbors for a specific port channel:

switch# show lacp neighbor interface port-channel 1

Flags:  S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs

        A - Device is in Active mode       P - Device is in Passive mode

Port      System ID             Port Number     Age         Flags

Eth1/1    32768,0-11-11-22-22-750x401           44817       SA

          LACP Partner          Partner                     Partner

          Port Priority         Oper Key                    Port State

Port      System ID             Port Number     Age         Flags

Eth1/2    32768,0-11-11-22-22-750x402           44817       SA

          LACP Partner          Partner                     Partner

          Port Priority         Oper Key                    Port State

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel summary

Displays information about all port-channel groups.

show lacp port-channel

To display information about Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) port channels, use the show lacp port-channel command.

show lacp port-channel [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Port-channel number for the LACP neighbor that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify the channel-number, all channel groups are displayed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the information about LACP port channels:

switch# show lacp port-channel

  Local System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-74

  Partner System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-75

  Aggregate or individual=1

  Local System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-74

  Partner System Identifier=0x8000,0-11-11-22-22-75

  Aggregate or individual=1

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel summary

Displays information about all port-channel groups.

show lacp system-identifier

To display the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system identifier for the device, use the show lacp system-identifier command.

show lacp system-identifier

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The LACP system ID is the combination of the configurable LACP system priority value and the MAC address.

Each system that runs LACP has an LACP system priority value. You can accept the default value of 32768 for this parameter, or you can configure a value between 1 and 65535. LACP uses the system priority with the MAC address to form the system ID and also uses the system priority during negotiation with other devices. A higher system priority value means a lower priority.

The system ID is different for each virtual device context (VDC).

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the information about the LACP port channel for a specific port channel:

switch> show lacp system-identifier

Related Commands

Command

Description

lacp system-priority

Sets the system priority for LACP.

show logging level fex

To display the Fabric Extender (FEX) logging configuration, use the show logging level fex command.

show logging level fex

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the FEX logging configuration:

switch# show logging level fex

Facility        Default Severity        Current Session Severity

--------        ----------------        ------------------------

0(emergencies)          1(alerts)       2(critical)

3(errors)               4(warnings)     5(notifications)

6(information)          7(debugging)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show module fex

To display the Fabric Extender (FEX) module information, use the show module fex command.

show module fex [all chassis-id]

Syntax Description

all

Displays information about all Fabric Extender modules.

chassis-id

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the module information for the Fabric Extender:

switch# show module fex all

FEX Mod Ports Card Type                          Model              Status.

--- --- ----- ---------------------------------- ------------------ -----------

101  1  48    Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G M   N2K-C2248TP-1GE    ok

FEX Mod Sw              Hw      World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- --- --------------  ------  -----------------------------------------------

FEX Mod  MAC-Address(es)                         Serial-Num

--- ---  --------------------------------------  ----------

101  1   0005.9b70.dd40 to 0005.9b70.dd6f        JAF1407AANJ

FEX Mod Ports Card Type                          Model              Status.

--- --- ----- ---------------------------------- ------------------ -----------

102  1  48    Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G M   N2K-C2248TP-1GE    ok

FEX Mod Sw              Hw      World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- --- --------------  ------  -----------------------------------------------

FEX Mod  MAC-Address(es)                         Serial-Num

--- ---  --------------------------------------  ----------

102  1   68ef.bd61.ce00 to 68ef.bd61.ce2f        JAF1407AAQN

This example shows how to display FEX module information:

FEX Mod Ports Card Type                          Model              Status.

--- --- ----- ---------------------------------- ------------------ -----------

101  1  48    Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G M   N2K-C2248TP-1GE    ok

FEX Mod Sw              Hw      World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- --- --------------  ------  -----------------------------------------------

FEX Mod  MAC-Address(es)                         Serial-Num

--- ---  --------------------------------------  ----------

101  1   0005.9b70.dd40 to 0005.9b70.dd6f        JAF1407AANJ

FEX Mod Ports Card Type                          Model              Status.

--- --- ----- ---------------------------------- ------------------ -----------

102  1  48    Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G M   N2K-C2248TP-1GE    ok

FEX Mod Sw              Hw      World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- --- --------------  ------  -----------------------------------------------

FEX Mod  MAC-Address(es)                         Serial-Num

--- ---  --------------------------------------  ----------

102  1   68ef.bd61.ce00 to 68ef.bd61.ce2f        JAF1407AAQN

This example shows how to display the module information for a specific Fabric Extender:

switch# show module fex 101

FEX Mod Ports Card Type                          Model              Status.

--- --- ----- ---------------------------------- ------------------ -----------

101  1  48    Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G M   N2K-C2248TP-1GE    ok

FEX Mod Sw              Hw      World-Wide-Name(s) (WWN)

--- --- --------------  ------  -----------------------------------------------

FEX Mod  MAC-Address(es)                         Serial-Num

--- ---  --------------------------------------  ----------

101  1   0005.9b70.dd40 to 0005.9b70.dd6f        JAF1407AANJ

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show port-channel capacity

To display the number of port channels currently used and the number of port channels that are still available on the device, use the show port-channel capacity command.

show port-channel capacity

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

There are a total of 768 port channels and virtual port channels (vPCs) available on each device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the number of used and available port channels on the device:

switch (config) # show port-channel capacity 

    768 total    103 used    665 free    13% used

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel summary

Displays information about port channels.

show port-channel compatibility-parameters

To display the parameters that must be the same among the member ports in order to join a port channel, use the show port-channel compatibility parameters command.

show port-channel compatibility-parameters

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you add an interface to a channel group, the software checks certain interface attributes to ensure that the interface is compatible with the channel group. For example, you cannot add a Layer 3 interface to a Layer 2 channel group. The software also checks the operational attributes for an interface before allowing that interface to participate in the port-channel aggregation.

This command displays the list of compatibility checks that the system uses.

Using the channel-group command, you can force ports with incompatible parameters to join the port channel as long as the following parameters are the same:

(Link) speed capability

Speed configuration

Duplex capability

Duplex configuration

Flow-control capability

Flow-control configuration


Note See the channel-group command for information about forcing ports to join a port channel.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the list of compatibility checks that the system makes to ensure that an interface is compatible with a channel group:

switch# show port-channel compatibility-parameters

Members must have the same port mode configured, either E or AUTO. If they

are configured in AUTO port mode, they have to negotiate E mode when they

come up. If a member negotiates a different mode, it will be suspended.

Members must have the same speed configured. If they are configured in AUTO

speed, they have to negotiate the same speed when they come up. If a member

negotiates a different speed, it will be suspended.

Members have to have the same MTU configured. This only applies to ethernet

Members have to have the same medium type configured. This only applies to

Members must have the same span mode.

Members must not have sub-interfaces.

Members must have same Duplex Mode configured.

Members must have same Ethernet Layer (switchport/no-switchport) configured.

Members cannot be SPAN ports.

Members must have same storm-control configured.

Members must have same flowctrl configured.

Members must have common capabilities.

Members port does not exist.

Members must be switching port, Layer 2.

Members must have the same port access VLAN.

Members must have the same port native VLAN.

Members must have the same port allowed VLAN list.

Related Commands

Command

Description

channel-group

Adds or removes interfaces to port-channel groups and assigns the port-channel mode to the interface.

show port-channel database

To display information about the the port channels, use the show port-channel database command.

show port-channel database [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Port-channel number for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) neighbor that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify the channel-number, all channel groups are displayed. This command displays Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)-enabled ports channels and port channels without an associated aggregation protocol.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about all port channels:

switch# show port-channel database

    Administrative channel mode is active

    Operational channel mode is active

    Last membership update is successful

    1 ports in total, 0 ports up

    Age of the port-channel is 1d:16h:18m:50s

    Time since last bundle is 1d:16h:18m:56s

    Ports:   Ethernet2/5            [down]

    Administrative channel mode is active

    Operational channel mode is active

    Last membership update is successful

    1 ports in total, 0 ports up

    Age of the port-channel is 1d:16h:18m:50s

    Time since last bundle is 1d:16h:18m:56s

    Ports:   Ethernet2/20           [down]

This example shows how to display information about a specific port channel:

switch# show port-channel database interface port-channel 20

    Administrative channel mode is active

    Operational channel mode is active

    Last membership update is successful

    1 ports in total, 0 ports up

    Age of the port-channel is 1d:16h:23m:14s

    Time since last bundle is 1d:16h:23m:20s

    Ports:   Ethernet2/20           [down]

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel summary

Displays a summary of information about all port channels.

show port-channel load-balance

To display information about load balancing using port channels, use the show port-channel load-balance command.

show port-channel load-balance [forwarding-path interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

forwarding-path interface port-channel

(Optional) Identifies the port in the port channel that forwards the packet.

channel-number

Port-channel number for the load-balancing forwarding path that you want to display. The is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the current port-channel load balancing for the system:

switch# show port-channel load-balance

Port Channel Load-Balancing Configuration:

System: source-dest-ip-vlan

Port Channel Load-Balancing Addresses Used Per-Protocol:

Related Commands

Command

Description

port-channel load-balance ethernet

Configures load balancing using port channels.

show port-channel rbh-distribution

To display information about the Result Bundle Hash (RBH) for port channels, use the show port-channel rbh-distribution command.

show port-channel rbh-distribution [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Port-channel number for the LACP neighbor that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The RBH value ranges from 0 to 7 and is shared among port members in a port channel.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display RBH distribution for a specific port channel:

switch# show port-channel rbh-distribution interface port-channel 4

ChanId    Member port    RBH values         Num of buckets

--------  -------------  -----------------  ----------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

port-channel summary

Displays summary information about port channels.

show port-channel summary

To display summary information about the port channels, use the show port-channel summary command.

show port-channel summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

Added a new port channel status `M’ to the command output.

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) is not enabled, the output shows «NONE» in the Protocol column of the display.

A channel-group interface can be in the following operational states:

Down—The interface is down because it is administratively shut down or some other reason not related to port channels.

Individual—The interface is part of a port channel but is unable to aggregate into a port channel because of protocol exchange problems:

This interface continues to forward traffic as an individual link.

STP is aware of this interface.

Suspended—The operational parameters of the interface are not compatible with the port channel. This interface is not forwarding traffic, although the physical MAC link state is still up.

Switched—The interface is switched.

Up (port channel)—The port channel is up.

Up in port channel (members)—The port member of the port channel is up.

Hot standby (LACP only)—The interface is eligible to join the port group if one of the interfaces currently participating in the LACP channel goes down.

This interface does not forward data traffic; it forwards only protocol data units (PDUs).

This interface does not run STP.

Module-removed—The module has been removed.

Routed—The interface is routed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display summary information for the port channels:

switch(config-if)# show port-channel summary 

Flags:  D - Down        P - Up in port-channel (members)

		I - Individual  H - Hot-standby (LACP only)

		s - Suspended   r - Module-removed

		M - Not in use. Min-links not met

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group Port-       Type     Protocol  Member Ports

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2     Po2(SU)     Edge     LACP      Eth4/9(D)    Eth4/10(D)   Eth4/11(P)

3     Po3(SU)     Edge     LACP      Eth4/27(P)   Eth4/28(P)   Eth4/29(P)

10    Po10(SU)    Edge     LACP      Eth4/1(P)    Eth4/2(P)    Eth4/3(P)

                                     Eth4/4(P)    Eth4/13(P)   Eth4/14(P)

                                     Eth4/15(P)   Eth4/16(P)   Eth4/17(P)

                                     Eth4/18(P)   Eth4/19(P)   Eth4/20(P)

                                     Eth4/21(P)   Eth4/22(P)   Eth4/23(P)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-channel usage

Displays the port-channel numbers used and available.

show port-channel traffic

Displays transmitted and received unicast, multicast, and broadcast percentages for the port channels.

show port-channel traffic

To display traffic rx/tx counter statistics for port channels, use the show port-channel traffic command.

show port-channel traffic [interface port-channel channel-number]

Syntax Description

interface port-channel

(Optional) Specifies the interface port channel.

channel-number

(Optional) Port-channel number for the LACP neighbor that you want to display. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command displays the percentage of transmitted and received unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic about the port channel.

If you do not specify the channel-number, information for all port channels is displayed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the traffic statistics for all port channels:

switch(config)# show port-channel traffic

ChanId      Port Rx-Ucst Tx-Ucst Rx-Mcst Tx-Mcst Rx-Bcst Tx-Bcst

------ --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------

     5    Eth2/5    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

------ --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------

    20   Eth2/20    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

This example shows how to display the traffic statistics for a specific port channel:

switch(config)# show port-channel traffic interface port-channel 5

ChanId      Port Rx-Ucst Tx-Ucst Rx-Mcst Tx-Mcst Rx-Bcst Tx-Bcst

------ --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------

     5    Eth2/5    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

Related Commands

Command

Description

port-channel summary

Displays summary information about port channels.

show port-channel usage

To display the port-channel numbers used and available, use the show port-channel usage command.

show port-channel usage

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command displays port-channel numbers used and available in the virtual device context (VDC) that you are monitoring.

The number of port-channel numbers available across all VDCs for the entire system is from 1 to 4096.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the usage for all port channels:

switch# show port-channel usage

Totally 2 port-channel numbers used

====================================

Unused:   1 - 4 , 6 - 19 , 21 - 4096

Related Commands

Command

Description

port-channel summary

Displays summary information about port channels.

show port-profile

To display information about port profiles, use the show port-profile command.

show port-profile [brief | expand-interface [name name] | name name | usage]

Syntax Description

brief

(Optional) Displays brief information about the port profiles.

expand-interface name

(Optional) Displays the configured attributes at an interface per port profile. An optional name can be specified to show the expanded interface output for that specific port profile.

name name

(Optional) Displays information for the specified port profile.

usage

(Optional) Displays a list of interfaces to which each profile is attached.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show port-profile command to display information about the configured port profiles on the device. It displays all configured port profiles.

Port profiles are not aware of default values, so the default value configuration appears in the port profiles. For example, MTU 1500 is a default value and does not appear in the running-configuration of an interface. However, because port profiles are unaware of default values, MTU 1500 appears in the port-profile display.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about port profiles:

switch(config)# show port-profile

 evaluated config attributes:

 evaluated config attributes:

This example shows how to display brief port profile information:

switch(config)# show port-profile brief

----------------------------------------------------------

Port                Profile  Conf   Eval   Assigned  Child

Profile              State   Items  Items  Intfs     Profs

----------------------------------------------------------

This example shows how to display expanded port profile interface information:

switch(config)# show port-profile expand-interface

This example shows how to display specific port profile information:

switch(config)# show port-profile name try1

 evaluated config attributes:

switch(config)# show port-profile usage

This example shows how to display port profiles and values that you have entered in interface configuration mode using the show running-config command:

switch(config)# show running-config interface ethernet 8/5

Related Commands

Command

Description

port-profile

Configures, names, and allows you to enter port-profile configuration mode.

inherit port-profile

Assigns port profile to specified interfaces and allows one port profile to inherit configuration parameters from another port profile.

show running-config fex

To display the Fabric Extender (FEX) running configuration, use the show running-config fex command.

show running-config fex

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed FEX information:

switch# show running-config fex

!Command: show running-config fex

!Time: Tue Sep  7 09:22:40 2010

interface port-channel101

  switchport mode fex-fabric

interface port-channel102

  switchport mode fex-fabric

  switchport mode fex-fabric

  switchport mode fex-fabric

  switchport mode fex-fabric

  switchport mode fex-fabric

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show running-config interface

To display the running configuration for a specific interface, use the show running-config interface command.

show running-config interface [all | {ethernet {slot/port} [all]} | expand-port-profile | {loopback {number} [all]} | {mgmt0 [all]} | {port-channel {channel-number} [membership]} | {tunnel {number} [all]} | {vlan {vlan-id} [all]}

Syntax Description

all

(Optional) Displays the configuration with defaults.

ethernet slot/port

Displays the number of the module and port number. The range is from 1 to 253.

expand-port-profile

(Optional) Displays port profiles.

loopback number

Displays the number of the loopback interface. The range is from 1 to 4096.

mgmt0

(Optional) Displays the management interface.

port-channel channel-number

Displays the number of the port-channel group. The range is from 0 to 1023.

membership

(Optional) Specifies the membership of the specified port channel.

tunnel number

Displays the number of the tunnel interface. The range is from 0 to 65535.

vlan vlan-id

Displays the number of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

The expand-port-profile parameter was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the running configuration for a specific Ethernet interface:

switch(config)# show running-config interface ethernet 2/7

  description Ethernet port 3 on module 1

This example shows how to display information about the running configuration for a specific range of Ethernet interfaces:

switch(config)# show running-config interface ethernet 2/7 - 9

  description Ethernet port 3 on module 1

This example shows how to display information about the running configuration for a specific loopback interface:

switch(config)# interface loopback 345

switch(config-if)# show running-config interface loopback 345

This example shows how to display the running configuration for a specific port channel:

switch(config)# show running-config interface port-channel 10

This example shows how to display information about the running configuration for VLAN interface 50:

switch(config)# show running-config interface vlan 50

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface

Enters the interface configuration mode and configures the types and identities of interfaces.

interface vlan

Creates a VLAN interface and enters interface configuration mode.

show interface ethernet

Displays information about the Ethernet interface.

show port-channel summary

Displays a summary of port-channel information.

show running-config

Displays the running configuration on the device.

show running-config interface mgmt

To display the running configuration for a specific management interface, use the show running-config interface mgmt command.

show running-config interface mgmt {number}

Syntax Description

number

Management interface number that you want to display. The value is from 0 to 0.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show running-config interface mgmt command to display the running configuration for a management interface.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the running configuration for management interface 0:

switch# show running-config interface mgmt 0

  ip address 172.28.231.193/23

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface mgmt

Displays the management interface information.

show running-config vpc

To display the running configuration information for virtual port channels (vPCs), use the show running-config vpc command.

show running-config vpc [all]

Syntax Description

all

(Optional) Displays the running configuration for all vPCs.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode.

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for a vPC:

switch (config)# show running-config vpc 

  peer-keepalive destination 10.10.76.52 source 10.10.76.51 udp-port 3200 vrf ma

engagement interval 1000 timeout 5

interface port-channel101

interface port-channel200

interface port-channel201

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, this command returns an error.

show sprom fex

To display information about the Fabric Extender Serial (FEX) PROM (SPROM), use the show sprom fex command.

show sprom fex {all | chassis-ID {all | backplane | powersupply module-number}}

Syntax Description

all

Displays all SPROM content for a specific Fabric Extender.

chassis-ID

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

backplane

Displays the backplane SPROM content for a specific Fabric Extender.

powersupply

Displays the power supply SPROM content for a specific Fabric Extender.

module-number

Power supply module number for a specific Fabric Extender. The range is from 1 to 2.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display all SPROM content for a specific Fabric Extender:

switch# show sprom fex 101 all

DISPLAY FEX 101 SUP sprom contents

 OEM String      : Cisco Systems, Inc.

 Product Number  : N2K-C2248TP-1GE

 Serial Number   : JAF1407AANJ

 Part Number     : 73-12748-04

 snmpOID         : 9.12.3.1.9.78.3.0

Supervisor Module specific block:

 MAC Addresses   : 00-00-00-00-00-00

This command shows how to display the power supply SPROM contents for a specific Fabric Extender:

switch# show sprom fex 104 powersupply 1

DISPLAY FEX 101 power-supply 1 sprom contents:

 OEM String      : Cisco Systems, Inc.

 Product Number  : N2200-PAC-400W

 Serial Number   : LIT14030HK9

 Part Number     : 341-0375-03

 snmpOID         : 9.12.3.1.6.273.0.0

This command shows how to display the backplane SPROM content for a specific Fabric Extender:

switch# show sprom fex 101 backplane

DISPLAY FEX 101 SUP sprom contents

 OEM String      : Cisco Systems, Inc.

 Product Number  : N2K-C2248TP-1GE

 Serial Number   : JAF1407AANJ

 Part Number     : 73-12748-04

 snmpOID         : 9.12.3.1.9.78.3.0

Supervisor Module specific block:

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show startup-config interface

To display interface configuration information in the startup configuration, use the show startup-config interface command.

show startup-config interface [ethernet slot/port | expand-port-profile | loopback number | mgmt | port-channel {channel-number} [membership] | tunnel number | {vlan vlan-id}]

Syntax Description

ethernet slot/port

(Optional) Displays the number of the module and port number.

expand-port-profile

(Optional) Displays the port profiles.

loopback number

(Optional) Displays the number of the loopback interface. The range is from 1 to 4096.

mgmt

(Optional) Displays the management interface.

port-channel channel-number

(Optional) Displays the number of the port-channel group. The range is from 0 to 1023.

membership

(Optional) Displays the membership of the specified port channel.

tunnel number

(Optional) Displays the number of the tunnel interface. The range is from 0 to 65535.

vlan vlan-id

(Optional) Displays the number of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(2)

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

The expand-port-profile parameter was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the information in the startup configuration for the interface Ethernet 7/1:

switch(config)# show startup-config interface ethernet 7/1

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface

Displays information about the specified interface.

show startup-config vpc

To display virtual port-channel (vPC) configuration information in the startup configuration, use the show startup-config vpc command.

show startup-config vpc [all]

Syntax Description

all

(Optional) Displays the startup-configuration information for all vPCs.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the vPC information in the startup configuration:

switch(config)# show startup-config vpc

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs.

show system reset-reason fex

To display the reason for the last reset of the Fabric Extender (FEX), use the show system reset-reason fex command.

show system reset-reason fex chassis-ID

Syntax Description

chassis-ID

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The chassis ID range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the last reset reason for a specific Fabric Extender:

switch# show system reset-reason fex 101 

----- reset reason for FEX 101 ---

1) At 550180 usecs after Mon Sep  6 07:43:23 2010

    Reset Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload (9)

    Service (Additional Info): Reload requested by supervisor

    Image Version: 5.1(0.159.6)

2) At 269728 usecs after Mon Sep  6 07:41:36 2010

    Reset Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload (9)

    Service (Additional Info): Reload requested by supervisor

    Image Version: 5.1(0.159.6)

3) At 868270 usecs after Sun Feb 24 22:07:28 2008

    Reset Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload (9)

    Service (Additional Info): Reload requested by supervisor

    Image Version: 5.1(0.159.6)

4) At 204499 usecs after Sun Feb 24 20:38:20 2008

    Reset Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload (9)

    Service (Additional Info): Reload requested by supervisor

    Image Version: 5.1(0.159.6)

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show tech fex all

To gather detailed information for all Fabric Extender (FEX) troubleshooting information, use the show tech fex all command.

show tech fex all

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed FEX information:

switch# show tech fex all

02/25/2008 03:38:18.22739: ***************************************************

02/25/2008 03:38:18.23019: Satctrl Built at Thu Aug  5 19:12:00 PDT 2010 on rami

neni-lnx in directory /ws/mhau-sjc/deewhy_june_2/build by mhau

02/25/2008 03:38:18.23040: Version: 2102/25/2008 03:38:18.23055: ***************

************************************

02/25/2008 03:38:18.34242: satellite_init: initializing modules

02/25/2008 03:38:18.34466: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

02/25/2008 03:38:18.34771: Platform info: cardid=99, num_slots=1

02/25/2008 03:38:18.461803: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

02/25/2008 03:38:18.461849: satellite_init: swcardid=99

02/25/2008 03:38:18.461995: get fru: chas ser:SSI14061500 chas model:N2K-C2248TP

-1GE chas part: 68-3601-04

02/25/2008 03:38:18.462022: get fru: mod ser:JAF1407AANJ mod model:N2K-C2248TP-1

02/25/2008 03:38:18.462046: satellite_init: initializing inband

02/25/2008 03:38:18.475965: satellite_init: inband initialized

02/25/2008 03:38:18.476153: satellite_module_cfg_init: initializing modue (0)

02/25/2008 03:38:18.477439: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

02/25/2008 03:38:18.477533: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

02/25/2008 03:38:18.477855: satellite_init: done initializing satctrl module

02/25/2008 03:38:18.477897: satctrl_set_mts_addr: dummy_addr: 0xff02

02/25/2008 03:38:18.478139: My addr is changed to 0xff

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show tech-support fex

To display detailed troubleshooting information for a Fabric Extender (FEX), use the show tech-support fex command.

show tech-support fex all chassis-ID

Syntax Description

all

Specifies detailed information for all FEX.

chassis-ID

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display detailed troubleshooting information for a FEX:

switch# show tech-support fex 101

09/06/2010 07:44:12.26863: Satctrl Built at Thu Aug  5 19:12:00 PDT 2010 on rami

neni-lnx in directory /ws/mhau-sjc/deewhy_june_2/build by mhau

09/06/2010 07:44:12.26883: Version: 2109/06/2010 07:44:12.26898: ***************

************************************

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38241: satellite_init: initializing modules

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38466: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38772: Platform info: cardid=99, num_slots=1

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463410: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463455: satellite_init: swcardid=99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463598: get fru: chas ser:SSI14061500 chas model:N2K-C2248TP

-1GE chas part: 68-3601-04

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463625: get fru: mod ser:JAF1407AANJ mod model:N2K-C2248TP-1

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463649: satellite_init: initializing inband

09/06/2010 07:44:12.477534: satellite_init: inband initialized

09/06/2010 07:44:12.477723: satellite_module_cfg_init: initializing modue (0)

09/06/2010 07:44:12.478987: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479080: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479423: satellite_init: done initializing satctrl module

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479466: satctrl_set_mts_addr: dummy_addr: 0xff02

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479709: My addr is changed to 0xff

This example shows how to display all troubleshooting information for all FEX:

switch# show tech-support fex all

09/06/2010 07:44:12.26583: ***************************************************

09/06/2010 07:44:12.26863: Satctrl Built at Thu Aug  5 19:12:00 PDT 2010 on rami

neni-lnx in directory /ws/mhau-sjc/deewhy_june_2/build by mhau

09/06/2010 07:44:12.26883: Version: 2109/06/2010 07:44:12.26898: ***************

************************************

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38241: satellite_init: initializing modules

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38466: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.38772: Platform info: cardid=99, num_slots=1

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463410: satctrl_get_cardid: Platform card ID 99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463455: satellite_init: swcardid=99

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463598: get fru: chas ser:SSI14061500 chas model:N2K-C2248TP

-1GE chas part: 68-3601-04

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463625: get fru: mod ser:JAF1407AANJ mod model:N2K-C2248TP-1

09/06/2010 07:44:12.463649: satellite_init: initializing inband

09/06/2010 07:44:12.477534: satellite_init: inband initialized

09/06/2010 07:44:12.477723: satellite_module_cfg_init: initializing modue (0)

09/06/2010 07:44:12.478987: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479080: satctrl_module_fsm_init: Fsm initialized for fabric

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479423: satellite_init: done initializing satctrl module

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479466: satctrl_set_mts_addr: dummy_addr: 0xff02

09/06/2010 07:44:12.479709: My addr is changed to 0xff

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show udld

To display information about the Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) configuration, use the show udld command.

show udld [ethernet slot/port | global | neighbors]

Syntax Description

ethernet slot/port

(Optional) Displays the Ethernet slot and port number you want to display. The range is from 1 to 253.

global

(Optional) Displays the UDLD global status and configuration on all interfaces.

neighbors

(Optional) Displays the UDLD neighbor interfaces.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show udld command to display information about the UDLD configuration for an interface. UDLD must be enabled on the device before you can display this command; enter the feature udld command to enable UDLD globally on the device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the UDLD configuration for Ethernet port 2/7:

switch# show udld ethernet 2/7

--------------------------------

Port enable administrative configuration setting: disabled

Port enable operational state: disabled

Current bidirectional state: unknown

Current operational state:  udld-init - Multiple neighbor not detected

Related Commands

Command

Description

udld

Configures the ports to use a UDLD mode.

feature udld

Enables UDLD globally on device.

show vdc

To display virtual device contexts (VDCs), use the show vdc command.

show vdc

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display VDCs:

switch# show vdc

vdc_id  vdc_name                          state               mac

  lc

——  ———                          ——               ———-

  ——

1       switch                            active              00:22:55:79:a4:c1

  M1 F1

2       1                                 active              00:22:55:79:a4:c2

  M1 F1

3       2                                 active              00:22:55:79:a4:c3

  M1 F1

4       fred                              active              00:22:55:79:a4:c4

  M1 F1

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show lacp

Displays LACP information.

show version fex

To display the software version information about a Fabric Extender (FEX), use the show version fex command.

show version fex chassis-ID

Syntax Description

chassis-ID

Fabric Extender chassis ID. The range is from 100 to 199.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the software version of a Fabric Extender:

switch# show version fex 100 

  System boot mode:             primary

  System image version:         5.1(1) [build 5.1(0.159.6)]

  Module:                       Fabric Extender 48x1GE + 4x10G Module

  Serial number:                JAF1407AANJ

Kernel uptime is 1 day(s), 1 hour(s), 12 minutes(s), 13 second(s)

Last reset at Mon Sep  6 07:43:23 2010

  Reason: Reset Requested by CLI command reload

  Service: Reload requested by supervisor

Related Commands

Command

Description

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

show vpc brief

To display brief information about the virtual port channels (vPCs), use the show vpc brief command.

show vpc brief [vpc number]

Syntax Description

vpc number

(Optional) Displays the brief information for the specified vPC. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

Added the vpc keyword and number argument.

Usage Guidelines

The show vpc brief command displays the vPC domain ID, the peer-link status, the keepalive message status, whether the configuration consistency is successful, and whether the peer-link formed or failed to form.

This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

Beginning with Cisco Release 4.2(1), you can display the track object, if you have configured a tracked object for running vPCs on a single module under the vpc-domain configuration mode. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Interfaces Configuration Guide, Release 5.x, for information on this feature.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display brief information about the vPCs:

switch(config)# show vpc brief

                (*) - local vpc is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link

Peer status                     : peer adjacency formed ok

vPC keep-alive status           : peer is alive

Configuration consistency status: success

Number of vPC configured        : 1

---------------------------------------------------------------------

id   Port   Status Active vlans

--   ----   ------ --------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------

id   Port   Status Consistency Reason                     Active vlans

--   ----   ------ ----------- -------------------------- ------------

20   Po20   up     success     success                    1-100

This example also shows how to display brief information about the vPCs. In this example, the port channel failed the consistency check, and the device displays the reason for the failure:

switch(config)# show vpc brief

                (*) - local vpc is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link

Peer status                     : peer adjacency formed ok

vPC keep-alive status           : peer is alive

Configuration consistency status: failed

Configuration consistency reason: vPC type-1 configuration incompatible - STP interface 
port type inconsistent

Number of vPC configured        : 1

---------------------------------------------------------------------

id   Port   Status Active vlans

--   ----   ------ --------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------

id   Port   Status Consistency Reason                     Active vlans

--   ----   ------ ----------- -------------------------- ------------

20   Po20   up     failed      vPC type-1 configuration   -

This example shows how to display information about the tracked objects in the vPCs, which is available beginning in Cisco NX-OS Release 4.2(1):

switch(config)# show vpc brief

                (*) - local vpc is down, forwarding via vPC peer-link

Peer status                     : peer adjacency formed ok

vPC keep-alive status           : peer is alive

Configuration consistency status: success

Number of vPC configured        : 3

---------------------------------------------------------------------

id   Port   Status Active vlans

--   ----   ------ --------------------------------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature vpc

Enables vPCs on the device.

show port channel summary

Displays information about port channels.

show vpc consistency-parameters

To display the consistency of parameters that must be compatible across the virtual port-channel (vPC) interfaces, use the show vpc consistency-parameters command.

show vpc consistency-parameters {global | interface port-channel channel-number | vlan | vpc number}

Syntax Description

global

(Optional) Displays the configuration of all Type 1 global parameters on both sides of the vPC peer link.

interface port-channel

(Optional) Displays the configuration of all Type 1 interface parameters on both sides of the vPC peer link.

channel- number

(Optional) Channel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

vlan

(Optional) Displays the configuration of all Type 1 interface parameters on both sides of the vPC peer link for the specified VLAN.

vpc number

(Optional) Displays the configuration of all Type 1 interface parameters on both sides of the vPC peer link for the specified vPC. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

4.2(1)

Added the display of local suspended VLANs.

Note The command does not display the vPC peer device’s suspended VLANs.

4.2(1)

Added the vpc argument.

5.2(1)

Added the vlan keyword.

Usage Guidelines

The show vpc consistency-parameters command displays the configuration of all the vPC Type 1 parameters on both sides of the vPC peer link.


Note All the Type 1 configurations must be identical on both sides of the vPC peer link, or the link does not come up.


The vPC Type 1 configuration parameters are as follows:

Port-channel mode: on, off, or active

Link speed per channel

Duplex mode per channel

Trunk mode per channel

Native VLAN

VLANs allowed on trunk

Tagging of native VLAN traffic

Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) mode

STP region configuration for Multiple Spanning Tree

Enable/disable state the same per VLAN

STP global settings

Bridge Assurance setting

Port type setting—We recommend that you set all vPC peer link ports as network ports.

Loop Guard settings

STP interface settings:

Port type setting

Loop Guard

Root Guard

Maximum transmission unit (MTU)

Allowed VLAN bit set

This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the vPC consistency parameters for the specified port channel:

switch (config)# show vpc consistency-parameters global

        Type 1 : vPC will be suspended in case of mismatch

Name            Type Local Value              Peer Value

-------------   ---- ------------------------ --------------------------

STP Mode        1    Rapid-PVST               Rapid-PVST

STP Loopguard   1    Disabled                 Disabled

STP Bridge      1    Enabled                  Enabled

STP Port Type   1    Normal                   Normal

Allowed VLAN    -    1-100                    1-100

This example shows how to display the vPC consistency parameters for the specified port channel:

switch (config)# show vpc consistency-parameters interface port-channel 20

        Type 1 : vPC will be suspended in case of mismatch

Name            Type Local Value              Peer Value

-------------   ---- ------------------------ --------------------------

STP Port Type   1    Default                  Default

Allowed VLAN    -    1-100                    1-100

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

show port channel summary

Displays information about port channels.

show vpc orphan-ports

To display ports that are not part of the virtual port channel (vPC) but have common VLANs, use the show vpc orphan-ports command.

show vpc orphan-ports

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show vpc orphan-ports command displays those ports that are not part of the vPC but that share common VLANs with ports that are part of the vPC.

This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display vPC orphan ports:

switch(config)# show vpc orphan ports

--------::Going through port database. Please be patient.::--------

-------        -------------------------

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature vpc

Enables vPCs on the device.

show vpc brief

Displays brief information about vPCs.

show vpc peer-keepalive

To display the destination IP for the virtual port-channel (vPC) peer keepalive message and the status of the messages, use the show vpc peer-keepalive command.

show vpc peer-keepalive

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show vpc peer-keepalive command displays the destination IP of the peer keepalive message for the vPC. The command also displays the send and receive status as well as the last update from the peer in seconds and milliseconds


Note We recommend that you create a separate virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance on the peer devices to send and receive the vPC peer keepalive messages. Do not use the peer link itself to send the vPC peer-keepalive messages.


This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the peer-keepalive message:

n7k-2(config-vpc-domain)# show vpc peer-keepalive

vPC keep-alive status           : peer is alive

--Last send at                  : 2008.05.17 18:23:53 986 ms

--Sent on interface             : Eth7/16

--Receive status                : Success

--Last receive at               : 2008.05.17 18:23:54 99 ms

--Received on interface         : Eth7/16

--Last update from peer         : (0) seconds, (486) msec

vPC Keep-alive parameters

--Destination                   : 172.23.145.213

--Keepalive interval            : 1000 msec

--Keepalive timeout             : 5 seconds

--Keepalive hold timeout        : 3 seconds

--Keepalive udp port            : 3200

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

show vpc role

To display information about the virtual port-channel (vPC) role of the peer device, use the show vpc role command.

show vpc role

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show vpc role command displays the following information about the vPC status:

Status of peer adjacency

vPC role of the VDC that you are working on

vPC MAC address

vPC system priority

MAC address of the device that you are working on

System priority for the device that you are working on

This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the vPC role information of the device that you are working on:

switch (config)# show vpc role 

----------------------------------------------------

Dual Active Detection Status    : 0

vPC system-mac                  : 00:23:04:ee:be:01

vPC system-priority             : 32667

vPC local system-mac            : 00:22:55:79:ea:c1

vPC local role-priority         : 32667

----------------------------------------------------

Dual Active Detection Status    : 0

vPC system-mac                  : 00:23:04:ee:be:01

vPC system-priority             : 32667

vPC local system-mac            : 00:22:55:79:de:41

vPC local role-priority         : 32667

When you reload the primary vPC peer device, the secondary vPC peer device assumes the role of the primary device. The following example shows how the vPC role displays on the new primary device:

switch (config)# show vpc role 

----------------------------------------------------

vPC role                        : secondary, operational primary

Dual Active Detection Status    : 0

vPC system-mac                  : 00:23:04:ee:be:64

vPC system-priority             : 32667

vPC local system-mac            : 00:22:55:79:de:41

vPC local role-priority         : 32667

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

show port channel summary

Displays information about port channels.

show vpc statistics

To display virtual port-channel (vPC) statistics, use the show vpc statistics command.

show vpc statistics {peer-keepalive | peer-link | vpc number}

Syntax Description[

peer-keepalive

Displays statistics about the peer-keepalive message.

peer-link

Displays statistics about the peer link.

vpc number

Displays statistics about the specified vPC. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The peer-link parameter displays the same information as the show interface port-channel channel number command for the vPC peer-link port channel.

The vpc number parameter displays the same information as the show interface port-channel channel number command for the specified vPC port channel.

This command is not available if you have not enabled the vPC feature. See the feature vpc command for information on enabling vPCs.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display statistics about the peer-keepalive message:

switch# show vpc statistics peer-keepalive

vPC keep-alive status           : peer is alive

VPC keep-alive statistics

----------------------------------------------------

peer-keepalive tx count:          1036

peer-keepalive rx count:          1028

average interval for peer rx:     995 

Count of peer state changes:      1

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

show port channel summary

Displays information about port channels.

shutdown

To bring the port administratively down, use the shutdown command. To bring the port administratively up, use the no shutdown command.

shutdown [force]

no shutdown [force]

Syntax Description

force

(Optional) Forces the interface state to change. When you shut down a management interface, a warning question is displayed regarding active Telnet sessions. You can bypass the question with the force option. The force option is also useful when you run an automated configuration playback.

The force option is only available for Ethernet interfaces or the management port.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the shutdown command to bring the port administratively down. Use the no shutdown command to bring the port administratively up.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to bring the port administratively down:

switch(config-if)# shutdown

This example shows how to bring the port administratively up:

switch(config-if)# no shutdown

Related Commands

Command

Description

interface ethernet

Configures the types and identities of Ethernet interfaces.

speed

To set the speed for Ethernet ports or management interfaces or set the port to autonegotiate its speed with other ports on the link, use the speed command.

speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto [10 [100 [1000]]]}

Syntax Description

10

Sets the speed at 10 Mbps.

100

Sets the speed at 100 Mbps.

1000

Sets the speed at 1 Gbps.

10000

Sets the speed at 10 Gbps.

auto

Sets the interface to autonegotiation.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you begin, make sure that the remote port has a speed setting that supports your changes for the local port. If you want to set the local port to use a specific speed, you must set the remote port for the same speed or set the local port to autonegotiate the speed.

The interface speed and duplex mode are interrelated, so you should configure both of their parameters at the same time.

The interface speed that you specify can affect the duplex mode used for an interface, so you should set the speed before setting the duplex mode. If you set the speed for autonegotiation, the duplex mode is automatically set to be autonegotiated. If you specify 10- or 100-Mbps speed, the port is automatically configured to use half-duplex mode, but you can specify full-duplex mode instead. If you specify a speed of 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) or faster, full duplex is automatically used. For more details about configuring this command, see the Cisco NX-OS Interfaces Configuration Guide.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the speed of Ethernet port 1 on the 48-port 10/100/1000 module in slot 3 to 1000 Mbps and full-duplex mode:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# speed 1000

switch(config-if)# duplex full

Related Commands

Command

Description

duplex

Specifies the duplex mode as full, half, or autonegotiate.

show interface

Displays the interface status, which includes the speed parameters.

state enabled

To enable the specified port profile, use the state enabled command. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

state enabled

no state enabled

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Port-profile configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the state enabled command to enable the specified port profile. See the port-profile command for information about the port-profile feature.

To apply the port-profile configurations to the interfaces, you must enable the specific port profile. You can configure and inherit a port profile onto a range of interfaces prior to enabling the port profile; you would then enable that port profile for the configurations to take effect on the specified interfaces. The maximum number of interfaces that can inherit a single profile is 512.

If you inherit one or more port profiles onto an original port profile, only the last inherited port profile must be enabled; the system assumes that the underlying port profiles are enabled.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the port-profile feature:

switch(config)# port-profile type ethernet test

switch(config-ppm)# state enabled

Related Commands

Command

Description

show port-profile

Displays information about the port profiles.

switchport

To set the interface as a Layer 2 switching port, use the switchport command. To return the interface to the default Layer 3 routed interface status and cause all Layer 2 configuration to be erased, use the no form of this command.

switchport

no switchport

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

Interfaces are Layer 3 by default.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter additional switchport commands with keywords. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

The default switchport mode is the access mode. Use the switchport mode command to do the following:

Set the interface to the Layer 2 access mode

Return the interface to the Layer 2 trunk mode

Use the interface with private VLANs.

Enter the no switchport command to shut down the port and then reenable it. This action may generate messages on the device to which the port is connected.

When you use the no switchport command, all the Layer 2 configuration is deleted from that interface, and the interface has the default VLAN configuration.

The port goes down and reinitializes when you change the interface mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to cause a port interface to stop operating as a Cisco routed port and convert to a Layer 2 switched interface:

switch(config-if)# switchport

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport access vlan

To set the access VLAN when the interface is in access mode, use the switchport access vlan command. To reset the access-mode VLAN to the appropriate default VLAN for the device, use the no form of this command.

switchport access vlan vlan-id

no switchport access vlan

Syntax Description

vlan-id

VLAN to set when the interface is in access mode; valid values are from 1 to 4094, except for the VLANs reserved for internal switch use.

Defaults

VLAN1

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport access vlan command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

Enter the no switchport access vlan command to shut down the port and then reenable it. This action may generate messages on the device to which the port is connected.

Use the no form of the switchport access vlan command to reset the access-mode VLAN to the appropriate default VLAN for the device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to cause a port interface that has already been configured as a switched interface to operate as an access port in VLAN 2 instead of the platform’s default VLAN in the interface-configuration mode:

switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport autostate exclude

To exclude an aceess port or trunk from the VLAN interface link-up calculation on the Cisco NX-OS device, use the switchport autostate exclude command. To revert to the default settings, use the no form of this command.

switchport autostate exclude

no switchport autostate exclude

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

All ports are included in the VLAN interface link-up calculation.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The switchport autostate exclude command marks the port to be excluded from the interface VLAN up calculation when there are multiple ports in the VLAN.

The show interface interface switchport command displays the autostate mode if the mode has been set. If the mode has not been set, the autostate mode is not displayed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to exclude a port from the VLAN interface link-up calculation on the Cisco NX-OS device:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# switchport

switch(config-if)# switchport autostate exclude

This example shows how to include all ports in the VLAN interface link-up calculation on the Cisco NX-OS device:

switch(config-if)# no switchport autostate exclude

Related Commands

Command

Description

switchport

Configures the interface as a Layer 2 switching port.

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport dot1q ethertype

To set the EtherType used for Q-in-Q encapsulation on an interface, use the switchport dot1q ethertype command. To reset the EtherType to its default value, Use the no form of this command.

switchport dot1q ethertype ethertype

no switchport dot1q ethertype [ethertype]

Syntax Description

ethertype

Value to set for the EtherType. The range is from 0x600 to 0xffff.

0x8100 is the default EtherType for 802.1q frames

0x88A8 is the EtherType for 802.1ad double tagged frames

0x9100 is the EtherType for QinQ frames

Defaults

0x8100 is the default EtherType for 802.1q frames

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the Ethernet interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport mode command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

You must set the EtherType only on the egress trunk interface that carries double tagged frames (the trunk interface that connects the service providers). If you change the EtherType on one side of the trunk, you must set the same value on the other end of the trunk (symmetrical configuration).


Caution
The EtherType value you set affects all the tagged packets going out on the interface (not just Q-in-Q packets).


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a 802.1Q tunnel on an interface:

switch(config-if)# switchport dot1q ethertype 0x9100 

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays information about all the switch port interfaces.

switchport host

To configure a port that is not connected to any other devices as a Layer 2 access port with optimized packet forwarding, use the switchport host command. To disable a port that is not connected to any other devices as a Layer 2 access, use the no form of this command.

switchport host

no switchport host

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Defaults

Interfaces are Layer 3 by default.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport host command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

Entering the switchport host command on an interface:

Makes the Layer 2 interface an access port.

Makes the Layer 2 interface an STP edge port, which decreases the time that it takes to start up packet forwarding.

Disables port channeling on this interface.

You should enter the switchport host command only on ports that are connected to a single host. When you use this command with an interface connected to other than a single host, the device returns an error message.

To optimize the port configuration, entering the switchport host command sets the switch port mode to access and disables channel grouping. Only an end station can accept this configuration.

This command toggles the port if it is in the UP state.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to optimize an access port configuration for a host connection:

switch(config-if)# switchport host

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport mode

To set the Layer 2 interface type, use the switchport mode command. To return the interface to the Layer 2 access mode, use the no form of this command.

switchport mode {access | dot1q-tunnel | fabricpath | fex-fabric | private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk [promiscuous | secondary]}| trunk}

no switchport mode

Syntax Description

access

Specifies the interface as a nontrunking, nontagged single-VLAN Layer 2 interface. An access port carries traffic in one VLAN only.

dot1q-tunnel

Creates a 802.1Q tunnel on the interface.

fabricpath

Specifies the port mode as FabricPath.

fex-fabric

Sets the interface type to be an uplink port for a Fabric Extender.

private-vlan

Sets the port mode as a private-VLAN (PVLAN) host or promiscuous.

host

Sets the port mode as the PVLAN host.

promiscuous

(Optional) Sets the port mode as PVLAN promiscuous.

secondary

Sets the port mode trunk as isolated.

trunk

Specifies the trunking VLAN interface in Layer 2. A trunk port can carry traffic in one or more VLANs (based on the trunk allowed VLAN list configuration) on the same physical link.

Defaults

access ports

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

Added the dot1q-tunnel, fabricpath, fex-fabric, private-vlan, host, promiscuous, and secondary keywords.

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport mode command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

If you enter access mode, the interface goes into nontrunking mode; if you enter trunk mode, the interface goes into trunking mode.

To correctly deliver the traffic on a trunk port with several VLANs, the switch uses the IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation, or tagging, method. If an access port receives a packet with an 802.1Q tag in the header, that port drops the packet without learning its MAC source address.


Note A port can function as either an access port, a trunk port, or a private VLAN port; a port cannot function as all three simultaneously.


The port goes down and reinitializes when you change the interface mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the interface to trunking mode:

switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

To creates an 802.1Q tunnel on an interface, use the switchport mode dot1q-tunnel command. To disable the 802.1Q tunnel on the interface, use the no form of this command.

switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

no switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

No 802.1Q tunnel

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the Ethernet interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport mode command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

The port goes down and reinitializes (port flap) when the interface mode is changed. BPDU filtering is enabled and the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) is disabled on tunnel interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a 802.1Q tunnel on an interface:

switch(config-if)# switchport mode dot1q-tunnel

Related Commands

Command

Description

switchport mode fex-fabric

Sets the interface type to be an uplink port for a Fabric Extender.

switchport mode fex-fabric

To set the interface type to be an uplink port for a Fabric Extender, use the switchport mode fex-fabric command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

switchport mode fex-fabric

no switchport mode fex-fabric

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set an Ethernet interface to be an uplink port for a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/40 

switch(config-if)# switchport mode fex-fabric 

This example shows how to set an EtherChannel interface to be an uplink port for a Fabric Extender:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# interface port-channel 4 

switch(config-if)# switchport mode fex-fabric 

Related Commands

Command

Description

fex associate

Associates a Fabric Extender to an Ethernet or EtherChannel interface.

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

switchport trunk allowed vlan

To set the list of allowed VLANs on the trunking interface, use the switchport trunk allowed vlan command. To allow all VLANs on the trunking interface, use the no form of this command.

switchport trunk allowed vlan {vlan-list | add vlan-list | all | except vlan-list | none | remove vlan-list}

no switchport trunk allowed vlan

Syntax Description

vlan-list

Allowed VLANs that transmit through this interface in tagged format when in trunking mode; the range of valid values is from 1 to 4094.

add

Adds the defined list of VLANs to those currently set instead of replacing the list.

all

Allows all appropriate VLANs to transmit through this interface in tagged format when in trunking mode.

except

Allows all VLANs to transmit through this interface in tagged format when in trunking mode except the specified values.

none

Blocks all VLANs transmitting through this interface in tagged format when in trunking mode.

remove

Removes the defined list of VLANs from those currently set instead of replacing the list.

Defaults

All VLANs

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport trunk allowed vlan command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.

You can enter the switchport trunk allowed vlan command on interfaces where the Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) destination port is either a trunk or an access port.

If you remove VLAN 1 from a trunk, the trunk interface continues to send and receive management traffic in VLAN 1.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to add a series of consecutive VLANs to the list of allowed VLANs on a trunking port:

switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 40-50

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

switchport trunk native vlan

To change the native VLAN ID when the interface is in trunking mode, use the switchport trunk native vlan command. To return the native VLAN ID to VLAN 1, use the no form of this command.

switchport trunk native vlan vlan-id

no switchport trunk native vlan

Syntax Description

vlan-id

Native VLAN for the trunk in 802.1Q trunking mode. The range is from 1 to 4094, except the internally reserved VLANs are 3968 to 4047 and 4094.

Defaults

VLAN1

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter the switchport command without any keywords to configure the LAN interface as a Layer 2 interface before you can enter the switchport trunk native vlan command. This action is required only if you have not entered the switchport command for the interface.


Note See the vlandot1q tag native command for more information about configuring the native VLAN for 802,1Q trunk ports.


Use the no form of the native vlan command to reset the native mode VLAN to the default VLAN1 for the device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the native VLAN for an interface in trunk mode:

switch(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 5

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

system default switchport

To change the default interface mode for the system from Layer 3 routing to Layer 2 switching, use the system default switchport command. To return the system to Layer 3 routing default interface mode, use the no form of this command.

system default switchport [fabricpath | shutdown]

no system default switchport [fabricpath | shutdown]

Syntax Description

fabricpath

(Optional) Configures the default port mode as FabricPath.

shutdown

(Optional) Configures the administrative state as down.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

Added the fabricpath keyword.

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The system default switchport command makes all the interfaces Layer 2 access ports.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the system so that all the interfaces are in Layer 2 access mode:

switch(config-if)# system default switchport

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface switchport

Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port.

system jumbomtu

To configure the system jumbo maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for Layer 2 interfaces, use the system jumbomtu command.

system jumbomtu size

Syntax Description

size

Even number between 1500 and 9216.

Defaults

The system jumbo MTU default size is 9216 bytes and the interface default MTU is 1500 bytes.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the system jumbomtu command to specify the MTU size for Layer 2 interfaces. The range is from 1500 to 9216.

The physical level uses an unchangeable bandwidth of 1 GB.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the system jumbo MTU as 8000 bytes and how to change the MTU specification for an interface that was configured with the previous jumbo MTU size:

switch(config)# system jumbomtu 8000

switch(config)# show running-config

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/2

switch(config-if)# switchport

switch(config-if)# mtu 4608

Related Commands

Command

Description

show running-config

Displays the current operating configuration, which includes the system jumbo MTU size.

system-mac

To overwrite the MAC address that the device creates for the virtual port-channel (vPC) domain when you create a vPC domain, use the system-mac command. To return to the default vPC system MAC address, use the no form of this command.

system-mac mac-address

no system-mac

Syntax Description[

mac-address

MAC address that you want for the vPC domain using the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.

Defaults

None

Defaults

vpc-domain command mod.

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC system MAC address.

Use the system-mac command to overwrite the MAC address created by the system once you create a vPC domain. By default, the system creates a MAC address for the vPC when you create a vPC domain based on the domain ID. Cisco reserved a range of MAC addresses from the IEEE for this purpose and these addresses are used to complete the last 10 bits of the vPC domain MAC address. The range of default MAC addresses is as follows:

Number of reserved MAC addresses—1024

Starting—002304eebe00

Ending—002304eec1ff

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vPC system MAC address:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# system-mac 22cd.34ab.ca32

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc role

Displays the system MAC address for the vPC domain.

system-priority

To overwrite the system priority that the device creates for the virtual port-channel (vPC) domain when you create a vPC domain, use the system-priority command. To return to the default vPC system priority, use the no form of this command.

system-priority priority

no system-priority priority

Syntax Description[

priority

System priority. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Defaults

32667

Command Modes

vpc-domain command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC system priority.


Note We recommend that you manually configure the vPC system priority when you are running LACP to ensure that the vPC peer devices are the primary devices on LACP.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vPC system priority:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# system-priority 4000

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc role

Displays the system priority for the vPC domain.

track

To configure the system to monitor the track-list object that contains all the virtual port-channel (vPC) links to the core and to the vPC peer link when you are using only a single module for all links, use the track command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

track track-object-id

no track track-object-id

Syntax Description

track-object-id

Track-list object that you already configured.

Defaults

No tracking

Command Modes

vpc configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Beginning with Release 4.2, if you must configure all the vPC peer links and core-facing interfaces on a single N7K-M132XP-12 module, you should configure a track object and a track list that is associated with the Layer 3 link to the core and on all vPC peer links on both vPC peer devices. You can use this configuration to avoid dropping traffic if that particular module goes down because when all the tracked objects on the track list go down, the system does the following:

Stops the vPC primary peer device sending peer-keepalive messages, which forces the vPC secondary peer device to take over.

Brings down all the downstream vPCs on that vPC peer device, which forces all the traffic to be rerouted in the access switch to the other vPC peer device.

Once you configure this feature and if the module fails, the system automatically suspends all the vPC links on the primary vPC peer device and stops the peer-keepalive messages. This action forces the vPC secondary device to take over the primary role and all the vPC traffic to go to this new vPC primary device until the system stabilizes.

Create a track list that contains all the links to the core and all the vPC peer links as its object. Enable tracking for the specified vPC domain for this track list. Apply this same configuration to the other PC peer device. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Configuration Guide, Release 5.x, for information about configuring object tracking and track lists.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to put the previously configured track-list object into the vPC domain on the vPC peer device:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)# track object 5

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about a vPC tracked object.

feature vpc

Enables vPCs on the device.

tunnel destination

To configure the destination endpoint for a tunnel, use the tunnel destination command. To remove the tunnel destination, use the no form of this command.

tunnel destination {ip-address | host-name}

no tunnel destination {ip-address | host-name}

Syntax Description

ip-address

IP address for the tunnel destination.

host-name

Hostname for the tunnel destination.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the tunnel destination command to configure the destination address for an IP tunnel.

You should not have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with the same source and destination address.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tunnel destination:

switch(config-if)# tunnel destination 192.0.2.120

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel source

Sets the source of the IP tunnel.

interface tunnel

Creates the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

tunnel mode

To configure the tunnel encapsulation mode for a tunnel, use the tunnel mode command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

tunnel mode gre {ip | ipv6}

no tunnel mode gre {ip | ipv6}

Syntax Description

ip

Configures this tunnel encapsulation mode as IPv4.

ip v6

Configures this tunnel encapsulation mode as IPv6.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the tunnel mode command to configure the tunnel encapsulation mode for a tunnel.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tunnel mode:

switch(config-if)# tunnel mode gre ip

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel destination

Sets the destination of the IP tunnel.

interface tunnel

Creates the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

tunnel path-mtu-discovery

To enable Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) on a tunnel interface, use the tunnel path-mtu-discovery command. To disable PMTUD on a tunnel interface, use the no form of this command.

tunnel path-mtu-discovery [age-timer {aging-mins | infinite} | min-mtu mtu-bytes]

no tunnel path-mtu-discovery [age-timer {aging-mins | infinite} | min-mtu mtu-bytes]

Syntax Description

age-timer

(Optional) Sets a timer to run for a specified interval, in minutes, after which the tunnel interface resets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the path to the default tunnel MTU minus 24 bytes for GRE tunnels or minus 20 bytes for IP-in-IP tunnels.

aging-mins

Number of minutes. The range is from 10 to 30. The default is 10.

infinite

Disables the age timer.

min-mtu mtu-bytes

(Optional) Specifies the minimum Path MTU across GRE tunnels. The range is from 92 to 65535 bytes. The default is 92.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When PMTUD (RFC 1191) is enabled on a tunnel interface, the router performs PMTUD processing for the tunnel IP packets. The router always performs PMTUD processing on the original data IP packets that enter the tunnel. When PMTUD is enabled, no packet fragmentation occurs on the encapsulated packets that travel through the tunnel. Without packet fragmentation, there is a better throughput of TCP connections. PMTUD maximizes the use of available bandwidth in the network between the endpoints of a tunnel interface.

After PMTUD is enabled, the Don’t Fragment (DF) bit of the IP packet header that is forwarded into the tunnel is copied to the IP header of the external IP packets. The external IP packet is the encapsulating IP packet. Adding the DF bit allows the PMTUD mechanism to work on the tunnel path of the tunnel. The tunnel endpoint listens for Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) unreachable too-big messages and modifies the IP MTU of the tunnel interface, if required.

When the aging timer is configured, the tunnel code resets the tunnel MTU after the aging timer expires. After the tunnel MTU is reset, a set of full-size packets with the DF bit set is required to trigger the tunnel PMTUD and lower the tunnel MTU. At least two packets are dropped each time that the tunnel MTU changes.

When PMTUD is disabled, the DF bit of an external (encapsulated) IP packet is set to zero even if the encapsulated packet has a DF bit set to one.

The min-mtu keyword sets a low limit through the MTU that can be learned through the PMTUD process. Any ICMP signal received that specifies an MTU less than the minimum MTU configured is ignored. You can use this feature to prevent a denial- of-service attack from any node that can send an ICMP message to the router that specifies a very small MTU.


Note PMTUD on a tunnel interface requires that the tunnel endpoint is able to receive ICMP messages generated by routers in the path of the tunnel. You should check that ICMP messages can be received before you use PMTUD over firewall connections.


This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure PMTUD:

switch(config-if)# tunnel path-mtu-discovery

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel destination

Sets the destination of the IP tunnel.

interface tunnel

Creates the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

tunnel source

To configure the source endpoint for a tunnel, use the tunnel source command. To remove the tunnel source, use the no form of this command.

tunnel source {ip-address | interface-type number}

no tunnel source [ip-address | interface-type number]

Syntax Description

ip-address

IP address for the tunnel source.

interface-type number

Interface for the tunnel source.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the tunnel source command to configure the source address for an IP tunnel.

You should not have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with the same source and destination address.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the tunnel source:

switch(config-if)# tunnel source 192.0.2.120

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel destination

Sets the destination of the IP tunnel.

interface tunnel

Creates the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

tunnel use-vrf

To specify which virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to use to look up a tunnel destination IP address, use the tunnel use-vrf command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

tunnel use-vrf vrf-name

no tunnel use-vrf vrf-name

Syntax Description

vrf-name

Name of the VRF in which to look up the tunnel destination IP address.

Defaults

Default VRF

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You should have the tunnel interface and tunnel destination IP address in the same VRF. You should have the same value for the vrf-name parameter in both the vrf member and tunnel use-vrf command.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the VRF in which to look up the tunnel destination IP address:

switch(config-if)# tunnel use-vrf blue

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

show vrf interface tunnel

Displays information about the VRF tunnel interface.

tunnel ttl

To configure the time-to-live value for a tunnel, use the tunnel ttl command. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

tunnel ttl value

no tunnel ttl [value]

Syntax Description

value

Time-to-live value for the tunnel. The range is from 1 to 255.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the tunnel ttl command to configure the time-to-live value for an IP tunnel.

This command requires the Enterprise license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the time-to-live value for a tunnel interface:

switch(config-if)# tunnel ttl 30

Related Commands

Command

Description

tunnel destination

Sets the destination of the IP tunnel.

interface tunnel

Creates the IP tunnel.

show interface tunnel

Displays information about the traffic about the specified tunnel interface.

type

To set the Fabric Extender (FEX) card type to a specific card, use the type command. To revert to the default FEX card, use the no form of this command

type fex-card-type

no type

Syntax Description

fex-card-type

Fabric Extender card type. The following Fabric Extender card types are supported:

· N2148T  Fabric Extender 48x1G 4x10G Module

· N2248T  Fabric Extender 48x1G 4x10G Module

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Fabric Extender configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the Fabric Extender card:

switch(config-fex)# type N2148T 

Related Commands

Command

Description

fex

Creates a Fabric Extender and enters fabric extender configuration mode.

show fex

Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.

udld

To configure the interfaces to use a Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) mode, use the udld command.

udld {enable | disable}

Syntax Description

disable

Disables the UDLD mode for fiber interfaces.

enable

Enables the normal UDLD mode for nonfiber interfaces.

Defaults

By default, UDLD is disabled for the 48-port, 10/100/1000-Ethernet module ports.

By default, UDLD is enabled for the 32-port, 10-Gigabit Ethernet module ports.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you can enable a UDLD mode for specified interfaces, you must make sure that UDLD is already enabled globally on the device. Use the feature udld command to enable UDLD globally.

Use the udld command to enable or disable UDLD separately on specified interfaces. This action enables UDLD in normal mode. Enter the udld aggressive command to enable the aggressive mode on UDLD-enabled interfaces.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the normal UDLD mode for Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# feature udld

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# udld enable

This example shows how to disable UDLD for Ethernet port 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if-range)# udld disable

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature udld

Enables UDLD globally on the device.

show udld

Displays information about the UDLD configuration.

udld aggressive

To configure the interfaces for aggressive Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) mode, use the udld aggressive command.

udld aggressive

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you can enable the aggressive UDLD mode for an interface, you must make sure that UDLD is already enabled globally on the device and on the specified interfaces.

Use the udld aggressive command to configure the ports to use a UDLD mode:

To enable fiber interfaces for the aggressive mode, enter the udld aggressive command in the global command mode and all the fiber interfaces will be in aggressive UDLD mode,

To enable the copper interfaces for the aggressive, you must enter the udld aggressive command in the interface mode, specifying each interface you want in aggressive UDLD mode.

To use the aggressive UDLD mode, you must configure the interfaces on both ends of the link for the aggressive UDLD mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable fiber interfaces for the aggressive UDLD mode:

switch(config)# udld aggressive

This example shows how to enable the aggressive UDLD mode for the copper Ethernet interface 3/1:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 3/1

switch(config-if)# udld aggressive

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature udld

Enables UDLD globally for the device.

show udld

Displays information about the UDLD configuration.

udld message-time

To set the Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) message interval timer, use the udld message-time command.

udld message-time seconds

Syntax Description

seconds

Number of seconds that you want between sending UDLD messages. The range is from 7 to 90 seconds.

Defaults

15 seconds

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you can set the UDLD message timer, you must make sure that UDLD is already enabled globally on the device. Use the feature udld command to globally enable UDLD.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure UDLD interval to 30 seconds:

switch(config)# udld message-time 30

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature udld

Enables UDLD globally for the device.

show udld

Displays information about the UDLD configuration.

udld reset

To reset the interfaces that Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) has shut down and return them to the UP condition, use the udld reset command.

udld reset

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to reset those interfaces that UDLD has shut down:

switch(config)# udld reset

Related Commands

Command

Description

feature udld

Enables UDLD globally for the device.

show udld

Displays information about the UDLD configuration.

vlan dot1q tag native

To enable dot1q (IEEE 802.1Q) tagging for the native VLAN in a trunk, use the vlan dot1q tag native command. To return to the default where no packets are tagged in the native VLAN in a trunk, use the no form of this command.

vlan dot1q tag native

no vlan dot1q tag native

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.0

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Typically, you configure 802.1Q trunks with a native VLAN ID, which strips tagging from all packets on that VLAN and allows all untagged traffic and control traffic to transit the switch. Packets that enter the switch with 802.1Q tags that match the native VLAN ID value are similarly stripped of tagging. If you choose to maintain the tagging on the native VLAN and drop untagged traffic, enter the vlan dot1q tag native command.

Use the vlan dot1q tag native command to configure the switch to tag the traffic received on the native VLAN and to admit only the 802.1Q-tagged frame, dropping any untagged traffic, including untagged traffic in the native VLAN. Control traffic continues to be accepted untagged on the native VLAN on a trunked port, even when the vlan dot1q tag native command is enabled.

Use this command to enable the tagging behavior on all native VLANs on all trunked ports on the switch.


Note If you enable 802.1Q tagging on one switch and disable it on another switch, all traffic is dropped; you must identically configure 802.1Q tagging on each switch.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable dot1q tagging for all VLANs on all trunk ports on the switch:

switch(config)# vlan dot1q tag native

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vlan dot1q tag native

Displays native VLAN-tagging information.

vpc

To move other port channels into the virtual port channel (vPC), use the vpc command. To remove a port channel from the vPC, use the no form of this command.

vpc number

no vpc number

Syntax Description

number

Number for the vPC. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC.

Once you have created the vPC domain ID and the vPC peer link, you create port channels to attach the downstream device to each vPC peer device. That is, you create one port channel from the downstream device to the primary vPC peer device and you create another port channel from the downstream device to the secondary peer device. Finally, working on each vPC peer device, you assign a vPC number to the port channel that connects to the downstream device. You will experience minimal traffic disruption when you are creating vPCs.


Note The vPC number that you assign to the port channel connecting to the downstream device from the vPC peer device must be identical on both vPC peer devices.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to move a port channel into the vPC:

switch (config)# interface port-channel 10

switch (config-if)# vpc 100

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

vpc domain

To create a virtual port-channel (vPC) domain, use the vpc domain command. To remove a vPC domain, use the no form of this command.

vpc domain domain-id

no vpc domain domain-id

Syntax Description

domain-id

Domain ID for the vPC. The range of numbers is from 1 to 1000. You must use unique vPC IDs for each vPC within a single virtual device context (VDC).

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC domain.

You put all vPC interfaces, including the vPC peer link, on both of the vPC peer devices into the identical vPC domain. You must have unique vPC domain numbers within each VDC. In Cisco NX-OS Release 4.1(3), you can have only one vPC per VDC. Once you create a vPC domain, the system automatically creates a vPC system MAC address that is unique to that vPC.

You also use this command to enter the vpc-domain command mode in order to configure vPC parameters.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vPC domain:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

This example shows how to enter the vpc-domain command mode to configure an existing vPC domain:

switch(config)# vpc domain 5

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

vpc orphan-ports suspend

To shut down the virtual port channel (vPC) port when the peer link is down, use the vpc orphan-ports suspend command. To revert to default settings, use the no form of this command.

vpc orphan-ports suspend

no vpc orphan-ports suspend

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration (config-if)

Supported User Roles

network-admin
vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

5.2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can use the vpc orphan-ports suspend command only on physical ports.


Note You can configure vPC orphan port suspension only on physical ports, not on port channel member ports.


This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to shut down the vPC port when the peer link is down:

switch# configure terminal 

switch(config)# interface ethernet 5/2

switch(config-if)# vpc orphan-ports suspend

Related Commands

Command

Description

vpc domain

Creates a vPC domain.

vpc peer-link

To create a virtual port-channel (vPC) peer link, use the vpc peer-link command. To remove a vPC peer link, use the no form of this command.

vpc peer-link

no vpc peer-link

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface command mode

Supported User Roles

network-admin

vdc-admin

Command History

Release

Modification

4.1(3)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the vPC feature before you can create a vPC peer link.

You configure a port channel using 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports on the N7K-M132XP-12 module. We recommend that you use the 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports for the channel in dedicated mode and configure at least two of these ports on two different modules into the port channel for redundancy.

Use the vpc peer-link command to make that port channel a vPC peer link. The system returns an error message if you attempt to configure a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface as a vPC peer link.

After you configure the vPC peer device and the vPC peer link is established, the system creates a new MAC address for the vPC and decides which vPC device is the primary device and which is the secondary device.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a vPC peer link:

switch(config)# interface port-channel 20

switch(config-if)# vpc peer-link

switch(config-vpc-domain)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vpc brief

Displays information about vPCs. If the feature is not enabled, the system displays an error when you enter this command.

Часть 1   Часть 2

Содержание

Самые распространенные команды по устранению неполадок портов и интерфейсов для CatOS и Cisco IOS
Основные сведения о выходных данных счетчиков портов и интерфейсов для CatOS и Cisco IOS
     Команды Show Port для CatOS и Show Interfaces для Cisco IOS
     Команды Show Mac для CatOS и Show Interfaces Counters для Cisco IOS
     Команды Show Counters для CatOS и Show Counters Interface для Cisco IOS
     Команда Show Controller Ethernet-Controller для Cisco IOS
     Команда Show Top для CatOS
Распространенные сообщения о системных ошибках
     Сообщения об ошибках в модулях WS-X6348
     %PAGP-5-PORTTO / FROMSTP и %ETHC-5-PORTTO / FROMSTP
     %SPANTREE-3-PORTDEL_FAILNOTFOUND
     %SYS-4-PORT_GBICBADEEPROM: / %SYS-4-PORT_GBICNOTSUPP
     Команда отклонена: [интерфейс] не является коммутационным портом


Основные сведения о выходных данных счетчиков портов и интерфейсов для CatOS и Cisco IOS

На большинстве коммутаторов имеется механизм отслеживания пакетов и ошибок, происходящих в интерфейсах и портах. Распространенные команды, используемые для нахождения сведений этого типа, описываются в разделе Самые распространенные команды по устранению неполадок портов и интерфейсов для CatOS и Cisco IOS данного документа.

Примечание: На различных платформах и выпусках счетчики могут быть реализованы по-разному. Хотя значения счетчиков весьма точны, однако конструктивно они не являются очень точными. Для сбора точных статистических данных о трафике предлагается использовать анализатор сетевых пакетов для мониторинга нужных входящих и исходящих интерфейсов.

Чрезмерное количество ошибок обычно указывает на проблему. В полудуплексном режиме нормальной является регистрация некоторого количества ошибок соединения в счетчиках FCS, выравнивания, пакетов с недопустимо малой длиной и конфликтов. Обычно один процент ошибок по отношению ко всему трафику является приемлемым для полудуплексных соединений. Если количество ошибок по отношению к входящим пакетам превысило два или три процента, может стать заметным спад производительности.

В полудуплексных средах коммутатор и подключенное устройство могут одновременно обнаружить канал и начать передачу, что приводит к конфликту. Конфликты могут вызвать появление пакетов с недопустимо малой длиной, последовательности FCS и ошибки выравнивания, так как кадр не полностью копируется в канал, что приводит к фрагментации кадра.

В дуплексном режиме значение счетчиков ошибок последовательности FCS, контрольной суммы CRC, выравнивания и пакетов с недопустимо малой длиной должно быть минимальным. Если соединение работает в режиме полного дуплекса, счетчик конфликтов неактивен. Если показания счетчиков ошибок последовательности FCS, контрольной суммы CRC, выравнивания или пакетов с недопустимо малой длиной увеличиваются, проверьте соответствие дуплексных режимов. Для определения дуплексного режима вы можете обратиться в компанию выполняющую регулярное обслуживание сетевых устройств и компьютеров вашей организации. Несоответствие дуплексных режимов возникает, когда коммутатор работает в дуплексном режиме, а подключенное устройство — в полудуплексном, или наоборот. Следствиями несоответствия дуплексных режимов являются чрезвычайно медленная передача, периодические сбои подключения и потеря связи. Другие возможные причины ошибок канала передачи данных в полнодуплексном режиме — дефекты кабелей, неисправные порты коммутатора, программные или аппаратные неполадки сетевой платы. Дополнительные сведения см. в разделе Распространенные проблемы портов и интерфейсов данного документа.

Команды Show Port для CatOS и Show Interfaces для Cisco IOS

Команда show port {mod/port} используется в ОС CatOS в модуле Supervisor. Альтернатива этой команды — команда show port counters {mod/port}, которая отображает только счетчики ошибок портов. Описание выходных данных счетчиков ошибок см. в таблице 1.

   Switch> (enable) sh port counters 3/1  
   Port  Align-Err  FCS-Err    Xmit-Err   Rcv-Err    UnderSize
  ----- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
   3/1           0          0          0          0         0
   Port  Single-Col Multi-Coll Late-Coll  Excess-Col Carri-Sen Runts     Giants
  ----- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
   3/1          0         0         0           0            0         0         0
 

Команда show interfaces card-type {slot/port} — эквивалентная команда для Cisco IOS в модуле Supervisor. Альтернативой данной команды (для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 6000, 4000, 3550, 2970 2950/2955 и 3750) является команда show interfaces card-type {slot/port} counters errors , которая отображает счетчики ошибок интерфейсов.

Примечание: Для коммутаторов серии 2900/3500XL используйте только команду show interfaces card-type {slot/port} с командной show controllers Ethernet-controller .

 Router#sh interfaces fastEthernet 6/1 
FastEthernet6/1 is up, line protocol is up (connected)    
Hardware is C6k 100Mb 802.3, address is 0009.11f3.8848 (bia 0009.11f3.8848)    
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec,       
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255    
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set    Full-duplex, 100Mb/s    
input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off    
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00    
Last input 00:00:14, output 00:00:36, output hang never    
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never    
Input queue: 0/2000/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); 
Total output drops: 0    Queueing strategy: fifo    
Output queue :0/40 (size/max)    
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec    
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

Команда show interfaces выдает на экран выходные данные до описанной здесь точки (по порядку):

  • up, line protocol is up (connected) — Первое «up» относится к состоянию физического уровня интерфейса. Сообщение «line protocol up» показывает состояние уровня канала передачи данных для данного интерфейса и означает, что интерфейс может отправлять и принимать запросы keepalive.

  • MTU – максимальный размер передаваемого блока данных (MTU) составляет 1500 байт для Ethernet по умолчанию (максимальный размер блока данных кадра).

  • Full-duplex, 100Mb/s (полнодуплексный, 100 Мбит/с) — текущая скорость и режим дуплексирования для данного интерфейса. Но это не позволяет узнать, использовалось ли для этого автоматическое согласование.

  • Последние входные, выходные данные — число часов, минут и секунд с момента последнего успешного приема или передачи интерфейсом пакета. Полезно знать время отказа заблокированного интерфейса.

  • Последнее обнуление счетчиков «show interface» — время последнего применения команды clear counters после последней перезагрузки коммутатора. Команда clear counters используется для сброса статистики интерфейса.

    Примечание: Переменные, которые могут повлиять на маршрутизацию (например, на загрузку и надежность), не очищаются вместе со счетчиками.

  • Очередь входа — число пакетов в очереди входа. Size/max/drops = текущее число кадров в очереди/максимальное число кадров в очереди (до начала потерь кадров)/фактическое число потерянных кадров из-за превышения максимального числа кадров. Сбросы используется для подсчета выборочного отбрасывания пакетов на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 6000 с ОС Cisco IOS. (Счетчик сбросов может использоваться, но его показания не увеличиваются на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 4000 с Cisco IOS.) Выборочное отбрасывание пакетов — механизм быстрого отбрасывания пакетов с низким приоритетом в случае перегрузки ЦПУ, чтобы сохранить некоторые вычислительные ресурсы для пакетов с высоким приоритетом.

  • Общее число выходных сбросов – количество пакетов, сброшенных из-за заполнения очереди выхода. Типичной причиной этого может быть коммутация трафика из канала с высокой пропускной способностью в канал с меньшей пропускной способностью, либо коммутация трафика из нескольких входных каналов в один выходной канал. Например, если большой объем пульсирующего трафика поступает в гигабитный интерфейс и переключается на интерфейс 100 Мбит/с, это может вызвать увеличение отбрасывания исходящего трафика на интерфейсе 100 Мбит/с. Это происходит потому, что очередь выхода на указанном интерфейсе переполняется избыточным трафиком из-за несоответствия скорости входящей и исходящей полосы пропускания.

  • Очередь выхода — число пакетов в очереди выхода. Size/max означает текущее число кадров в очереди/максимальное количество кадров, которое может находиться в очереди до заполнения, после чего начинается отбрасывание кадров.

  • Пятиминутная скорость ввода/вывода – средняя скорость ввода и вывода, которая наблюдалась интерфейсом за последние пять минут. Чтобы получить более точные показания за счет указания более короткого периода времени (например, для улучшения обнаружения всплесков трафика), выполните команду интерфейса load-interval <секунды>.

В остальной части выходных данных команды show interfaces отображаются показания счетчиков ошибок, которые аналогичны или эквивалентны показаниям счетчиков ошибок в CatOS.

Команда show interfaces card-type {slot/port} counters errors эквивалентна команде Cisco IOS для отображения счетчиков портов для CatOS. Описание выходных данных счетчиков ошибок см. в таблице 1.

Router#sh interfaces fastEthernet 6/1 counters errors     
Port        Align-Err    FCS-Err   Xmit-Err    Rcv-Err   UnderSize    OutDiscards  Fa6/1               
                 0           0        0          0            0          0    
Port      Single-Col Multi-Col  Late-Col Excess-Col Carri-Sen     Runts    Giants  Fa6/1
                 0        0        0         0           0         0       0

Таблица 1.

Сведения о счетчиках ошибок CatOS содержатся в выходных данных команды show port или show port counters для коммутаторов серии Cisco Catalyst 6000, 5000 и 4000. Сведения о счетчиках ошибок Cisco IOS содержатся в выходных данных команды show interfaces или show interfaces card-type x/y counters errors для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 6000 и 4000

Счетчики (в алфавитном порядке)

Описание и распространенные причины увеличения значений счетчиков ошибок

Align-Err

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors. Количество ошибок выравнивания определяется числом полученных кадров, которые не заканчиваются четным числом октетов и имеют неверную контрольную сумму CRC.

Распространенные причины: они обычно являются результатом несоответствия дуплексных режимов или физической проблемы (такой как прокладка кабелей, неисправный порт или сетевая плата). При первом подключении кабеля к порту могут возникнуть некоторые из этих ошибок. Кроме того, если к порту подключен концентратор, ошибки могут вызвать конфликты между другими устройствами концентратора.

Исключения для платформы: ошибки выравнивания не подсчитываются в Catalyst 4000 Series Supervisor I (WS-X4012) или Supervisor II (WS-X4013).

Перекрестные помехи

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Счетчик CatOS, указывающий на истечение срока таймера передачи сбойных пакетов. Сбойный пакет — это кадр длиной свыше 1518 октетов (без кадрирующих битов, но с октетами FCS), который не заканчивается четным числом октетов (ошибка выравнивания) или содержит серьезную ошибку FCS).

Carri-Sen

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors. Значение счетчика Carri-Sen (контроль несущей) увеличивается каждый раз, когда контроллер Ethernet собирается отослать данные по полудуплексному соединению. Контроллер обнаруживает провод и перед передачей проверяет, не занят ли он.

Распространенные причины: это нормально для полудуплексного сегмента Ethernet.

конфликты

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число конфликтов, произошедших до того, как интерфейс успешно передал кадр носителю.

Распространенные причины: это нормальное явление для полудуплексных интерфейсов, но не для полнодуплексных интерфейсов. Быстрый рост числа конфликтов указывает на высокую загрузку соединения или возможное несоответствие дуплексных режимов с присоединенным устройством.

CRC

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Значение данного счетчика увеличивается, когда контрольная сумма CRC, сгенерированная исходящей станцией ЛВС или устройством на дальнем конце, не соответствует контрольной сумме, рассчитанной по принятым данным.

Распространенные причины: обычно это означает проблемы с шумами или передачей в интерфейсе ЛВС или самой ЛВС. Большое значение счетчика CRC обычно является результатом конфликтов, но может указывать на физическую неполадку (такую как проводка кабелей, неправильный интерфейс или неисправная сетевая плата) или несоответствие дуплексных режимов.

deferred

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число кадров, успешно переданных после ожидания освобождения носителя.

Распространенные причины: они обычно наблюдаются в полудуплексных средах, в которых несущая уже используется при попытке передачи кадра.

pause input

Описание: Cisco IOS show interfaces счетчик. Приращение значения счетчика «pause input» означает, что подключенное устройство запрашивает приостановку трафика, когда его буфер приема почти заполнен.

Распространенные причины: приращение показаний этого счетчика служит в информационных целях, так как коммутатор принимает данный кадр. Передача пакетов с запросом приостановки прекращается, когда подключенное устройство способно принимать трафик.

input packetswith dribble condition

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Битовая ошибка указывает, что кадр слишком длинный.

Распространенные причины: приращение показаний счетчика ошибок в кадрах служит в информационных целях, так как коммутатор принимает данный кадр.

Excess-Col

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors. Количество кадров, для которых передача через отдельный интерфейс завершилась с ошибкой из-за чрезмерного числа конфликтов. Избыточный конфликт возникает, когда для некоторого пакета конфликт регистрируется 16 раз подряд. Затем пакет отбрасывается.

Распространенные причины: чрезмерное количество конфликтов обычно обозначает, что нагрузку на данный сегмент необходимо разделить между несколькими сегментами, но может также указывать на несоответствие дуплексных режимов с присоединенным устройством. На интерфейсах, сконфигурированных в качестве полнодуплексных, конфликты наблюдаться не должны.

FCS-Err

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors. Число кадров допустимого размера с ошибками контрольной последовательности кадров (FCS), но без ошибок кадрирования.

Распространенные причины: обычно это указывает на физическую проблему (такую как прокладка кабелей, неисправный порт или сетевая плата), однако также может означать несоответствие дуплексных режимов.

кадр

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число неправильно принятых пакетов с ошибками контрольной суммы CRC и нецелым числом октетов (ошибка выравнивания).

Распространенные причины: обычно это вызвано конфликтами или физической проблемой (например, проводкой кабелей, неисправным портом или сетевой платой), а также может указывать на несоответствие дуплексных режимов.

Кадры с недопустимо большой длиной

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces и sh interfaces counters errors. Полученные кадры, размеры которых превышают максимально допускаемые стандартом IEEE 802.3 (1518 байт для сетей Ethernet без поддержки jumbo-кадров) и обладают неверной последовательностью FCS.

Распространенные причины: во многих случаях это следствие поврежденной сетевой интерфейсной платы. Попробуйте найти проблемное устройство и удалить его из сети.

Исключения для платформ: коммутаторы серии Catalyst Cat4000 с Cisco IOS версии, предшествующей 12.1(19)EW, показания счетчика кадров с недопустимо большой величиной увеличиваются в случае кадра размером > 1518 байтов. После версии 12.1(19)EW кадры giant в выходных данных команды show interfaces учитываются только в случае приема кадра размером > 1518 байтов с неверной последовательностью FCS.

ignored

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Количество полученных пакетов, проигнорированных интерфейсом из-за недостатка места во внутренних буферах оборудования интерфейса.

Распространенные причины: широковещательный шторм и всплески помех могут вызвать рост показаний данного счетчика.

Ошибки ввода

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик.

Распространенные причины: в счетчике учитываются ошибки кадров, кадры с недопустимо маленькой или недопустимо большой величиной, кадры, отброшенные из-за переполнения буфера, несоответствия значения контрольной суммы CRC или перегрузки, а также проигнорированные пакеты. Другие ошибки, относящиеся к входным данным, также могут увеличивать количество ошибок ввода; некоторые датаграммы могут содержать несколько ошибок. Поэтому эта сумма может не совпадать с суммой перечисленных ошибок ввода.

Также см. раздел Ошибки ввода в интерфейсе уровня 3, подключенном к порту коммутатора уровня 2.

Late-Col

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces и sh interfaces counters errors. Количество обнаруженных конфликтов в определенном интерфейсе на последних этапах процесса передачи. Для порта со скоростью 10 Мбит/с это позднее, чем время передачи 512 битов для пакета. В системе со скоростью передачи данных 10 Мбит/с 512 битовых интервалов соответствуют 51,2 микросекунды.

Распространенные причины: это ошибка, в частности, может указывать на несоответствие дуплексных режимов. В сценарии с несоответствием дуплексных режимов на стороне с полудуплексным режимом наблюдается поздний конфликт. Во время передачи со стороны с полудуплексным режимом на стороне с дуплексным режимом выполняется одновременная передача без ожидания своей очереди, что приводит к возникновению позднего конфликта. Поздние конфликты также могут указывать на слишком большую длину кабеля или сегмента Ethernet. На интерфейсах, сконфигурированных в качестве полнодуплексных, конфликты наблюдаться не должны.

lost carrier

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число потерь несущей во время передачи.

Распространенные причины: проверьте исправность кабеля. Проверьте физическое соединение на обеих сторонах.

Multi-Col

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors.

Число множественных конфликтов произошедших до того, как порт успешно передал кадр носителю.

Распространенные причины: это нормальное явление для полудуплексных интерфейсов, но не для полнодуплексных интерфейсов. Быстрый рост числа конфликтов указывает на высокую загрузку соединения или возможное несоответствие дуплексных режимов с присоединенным устройством.

no buffer

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число принятых пакетов, которые отвергнуты из-за отсутствия буферного пространства.

Распространенные причины: сравните со счетчиком пропущенных пакетов. Часто такие ошибки вызываются широковещательными штормами.

Отсутствует несущая

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Сколько раз несущая отсутствовала во время передачи.

Распространенные причины: проверьте исправность кабеля. Проверьте физическое соединение на обеих сторонах.

Out-Discard

Описание: количество исходящих пакетов, которые выбраны для отбрасывания несмотря на отсутствие ошибок

Распространенные причины: одна возможная причина отбрасывания таких пакетов — освобождение буферного пространства.

output buffer failuresoutput buffers swapped out

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Число буферов с ошибками и число выгруженных буферов.

Распространенные причины: порт размещает пакеты в буфере Tx, когда скорость поступающего в порт трафика высока и порт не может обработать такой объем трафика. Порт начинает пропускать пакеты в случае заполнения буфера Tx, при этом увеличиваются значения счетчиков недогрузок и сбоев выходных буферов. Увеличение значений счетчиков сбоев выходных буферов может означать, что порты работают с минимальными настройками скорости и/или дуплексного режима, или через порт проходит слишком большой объем трафика.

Например, рассмотрите сценарий, в котором гигабайтный многоадресный поток пересылается 24 портам с пропускной способностью 100 Мбит/с. Если выходной интерфейс перегружен, обычно наблюдаются сбои выходного буфера, число которых растет вместе с числом выходящих отброшенных пакетов (Out-Discards).

Сведения об устранении неполадок см. в разделе Отложенные кадры (Out-Lost или Out-Discard) данного документа.

output errors

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Сумма всех ошибок, препятствовавших целевой передаче датаграмм от заданного интерфейса.

overrun (переполнение)

Описание: сколько раз аппаратному оборудованию приемника не удалось поместить принятые данные в аппаратный буфер.

Распространенные причины: входящая скорость трафика превысила способность приемника к обработке данных.

packets input/output

Описание: Cisco IOS sh interfaces счетчик. Общее количество безошибочных пакетов, полученных и переданных на данном интерфейсе. Мониторинг приращений показаний этих счетчиков полезен при проверке правильного прохождения трафика через интерфейс. Счетчик байтов включает эти данные и инкапсуляцию MAC-адресов в безошибочные пакеты, принятые и переданные системой.

Rcv-Err

Описание: CatOS show port или show port counters и Cisco IOS (только для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 6000) «sh interfaces counters error».

Распространенные причины: см. исключения для платформ.

Исключения для платформ: коммутаторы серии Catalyst 5000 rcv-err = сбои буферов приема. Например, кадры недопустимо маленькой или недопустимо большой величины или ошибки последовательности FCS (FCS-Err) не приводят к увеличению значения счетчика rcv-err. Значение счетчика rcv-err для 5K увеличивается только в случае избыточного трафика.

В отличие от коммутаторов серии Catalyst 5000 на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 4000 значение rcv-err равно сумме всех ошибок приема, т.е. значение счетчика rcv-err увеличивается в случае регистрации таких ошибок, как прием интерфейсом кадров с недопустимо маленькой или недопустимо большой величиной или ошибки последовательности FCS.

Кадры с недопустимо маленькой величиной

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces и sh interfaces counters errors. Принятые кадры с размером меньше минимального размера кадра IEEE 802.3 (64 байта для Ethernet) и неверной контрольной суммой CRC.

Распространенные причины: это может быть вызвано несоответствием дуплексных режимов и физическими проблемами, такими как неисправный кабель, порт или сетевая плата на присоединенном устройстве.

Исключения для платформ: на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 4000 с Cisco IOS версии, предшествующей версии 12.1(19)EW, кадры с недопустимо маленькой величиной — это кадры размера undersize. Undersize = кадр < 64 байтов. Значение счетчика кадров с недопустимо маленькой величиной увеличивается при получении кадра размером менее 64 байтов. После версии 12.1(19)EW кадр с недопустимо маленькой величиной = фрагмент. Фрагмент — это кадр < 64 байта с неверной контрольной суммой CRC. В результате значение счетчика кадров с недопустимо маленькой величиной увеличивается в show interfacesвместе со счетчиком фрагментов в show interfaces counters errors при получении кадра < 64 байтов с неверной контрольной суммой CRC.

Single-Col

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors.

Число конфликтов, произошедших до того, как интерфейс успешно передал кадр носителю.

Распространенные причины: это нормальное явление для полудуплексных интерфейсов, но не для полнодуплексных интерфейсов. Быстрый рост числа конфликтов указывает на высокую загрузку соединения или возможное несоответствие дуплексных режимов с присоединенным устройством.

underruns

Описание: сколько раз скорость передатчика превышала возможности коммутатора.

Распространенные причины: это может происходить в случае высокой пропускной способности, когда через интерфейс проходит большой объем пульсирующего трафика от многих других интерфейсов одновременно. В случае недогрузки возможен сброс интерфейса.

Undersize

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors.

Полученные фреймы с размером меньше минимального размера фрейма в стандарте IEEE 802.3, равного 64 байтам (без битов кадрирования, но с октетами FCS), но хорошо сформированных во всем остальном.

Распространенные причины: проверьте устройство, отправляющее такие кадры.

Xmit-Err

Описание: CatOS sh port и Cisco IOS sh interfaces counters errors.

Это указывает на заполнение внутреннего буфера отправки (Tx).

Распространенные причины: часто ошибки Xmit-Err возникают из-за передачи трафика из канала с высокой пропускной способностью в канал с меньшей пропускной способностью или трафика из нескольких входящих каналов в один исходящий. Например, если большой объем пульсирующего трафика поступает в гигабитный интерфейс и переключается на интерфейс на 100 Мбит/с, на 100-мегабитном интерфейсе это может вызывать приращение значения счетчика Xmit-Err. Это происходит потому, что выходной буфер заданного интерфейса переполняется избыточным трафиком из-за несоответствия скорости входящей и исходящей полосы пропускания.

Команды Show Mac для CatOS и Show Interfaces Counters для Cisco IOS

Команда show mac {mod/port} полезна при использовании CatOS в модуле Supervisor для отслеживания входящего и исходящего трафика данного порта в соответствии с показаниями счетчиков приема (Rcv) и передачи (Xmit) для трафика одноадресной, многоадресной и широковещательной рассылки. Эти выходные данные получены от Catalyst 6000, использующего CatOS:

Console> (enable) sh mac 3/1      Port     Rcv-Unicast          Rcv-Multicast        Rcv-Broadcast 
  -------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------    
3/1                      177               256272                 3694     
 Port     Xmit-Unicast         Xmit-Multicast       Xmit-Broadcast
   -------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------  
  3/1                       30               680377                  153     
 Port     Rcv-Octet            Xmit-Octet  
 -------- -------------------- -------------------- 
  3/1                 22303565             48381168      MAC   
   Dely-Exced MTU-Exced  In-Discard Out-Discard 
  -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------  
  3/1              0          0     233043          17     
 Port  Last-Time-Cleared  
 ----- --------------------------    
3/1  Sun Jun 1 2003, 12:22:47 

В данной команде также используются следующие счетчики ошибок: Dely-Exced, MTU-Exced, In-Discard и Out-Discard.

  • Dely-Exced — количество кадров, отклоненных данным портом из-за чрезмерной задержки передачи данных через коммутатор. Показания данного счетчика растут только при очень интенсивном использовании порта.

  • MTU Exceed — это показатель того, что одно из устройств на данном порту или сегменте передает объем данных больше, чем разрешено размером кадра (1518 байт для сети Ethernet без поддержки jumbo-кадров).

  • In-Discard – результат обработки допустимых входящих кадров, которые были отброшены, поскольку их коммутация не требовалась. Это может быть нормальным, если концентратор подключен к порту и два устройства на данном концентраторе обмениваются данными. Порт коммутатора продолжает видеть данные, но не переключает его (так как в таблице CAM отображается MAC-адрес обоих устройств, связанных с одним и тем же портом). Поэтому трафик отбрасывается. Значение данного счетчика также увеличивается в случае порта, настроенного в качестве магистрали, если данная магистраль блокирует некоторые сети VLAN, или в случае порта, который является единственным членом некоторой сети VLAN.

  • Out-Discard (Число отбрасываемых исходящих пакетов) – число исходящих пакетов, которые выбраны для отбрасывания несмотря на отсутствие ошибок. Одна из возможных причин отбрасывания таких пакетов — освобождение буферного пространства.

  • In-Lost — на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 4000; этот счетчик представляет собой сумму всех пакетов с ошибками, полученных данным портом. С другой стороны на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 5000 счетчик In-Lost отслеживает сумму всех сбоев буферов приема.

  • Out-Lost — на коммутаторах серии Catalyst 4000 и 5000 учитываются исходящие кадры, которые были потеряны до пересылки (из-за недостатка буферного пространства). Обычно это вызывается перегрузкой порта.

Команда show interfaces card-type {slot/port} counters используется при выполнении Cisco IOS в модуле Supervisor.

Команда show counters [mod/port] предоставляет еще более подробную статистику для портов и интерфейсов. Эта команда доступна для CatOS, а эквивалентная ей команда show counters interface card-type {slot/port} была введена в Cisco IOS версии 12.1(13)E только для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 6000. Эти команды отображают 32- и 64-разрядные счетчики ошибок для каждого порта или интерфейса. Дополнительные сведения см. в документации по командам CatOS show counters.

Команда Show Controller Ethernet-Controller для Cisco IOS

На коммутаторах серии Catalyst 3750, 3550, 2970, 2950/2955, 2940 и 2900/3500XL используйте команду «show controller ethernet-controller» для отображения выходных данных счетчика трафика и счетчика ошибок, которые аналогичны выходным данным команд sh port, sh interface, sh mac и show counters для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 6000, 5000 и 4000.

Счетчик

Описание

Возможные причины

Переданные кадры

Отброшенные кадры

Общее количество кадров, попытка передачи которых прекращена из-за недостатка ресурсов. В это общее количество входят кадры всех типов назначения.

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафиком данного интерфейса. Если в этом поле наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный интерфейс.

Устаревшие кадры

Число кадров, передача которых через коммутатор заняла более двух секунд. По этой причине они были отброшены коммутатором. Это случается только в условиях экстремально высокой нагрузки.

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафиком данного коммутатора. Если в этом поле наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный коммутатор. Может потребоваться изменение топологии сети, чтобы снизить нагрузку трафиком данного коммутатора.

Deferred frames (отложенные кадры)

Общее число кадров, первая попытка передачи которых была отложена из-за трафика в сетевом носителе. В это общее число входят только кадры, которые в последствии передаются без ошибок и конфликтов.

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафика, направленного к данному коммутатору. Если в этом поле наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный коммутатор. Может потребоваться изменение топологии сети, чтобы снизить нагрузку трафика на данный коммутатор.

Collision frames (кадры с конфликтами)

В счетчиках кадров с конфликтами содержится число пакетов, одна попытка передачи которых была неудачной, а следующая — успешной. Это означает, что в случае увеличения значения счетчика кадров с конфликтами на 2, коммутатор дважды неудачно пытался передать пакет, но третья попытка была успешной.

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафиком данного интерфейса. Если в этих полях наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный интерфейс.

Excessive collisions (частые конфликты)

Значение счетчика частых конфликтов возрастает после возникновения 16 последовательных поздних конфликтов. Через 16 попыток отправки пакета, он отбрасывается, а значение счетчика возрастает.

Увеличение значения этого счетчика указывает на проблему с проводкой, чрезмерно загруженную сеть или несоответствие дуплексных режимов. Чрезмерная загрузка сети может быть вызвана совместным использованием сети Ethernet слишком большим числом устройств.

Late collisions (поздние конфликты)

Поздний конфликт возникает, когда два устройства передают одновременно, но конфликт не обнаруживается ни одной из сторон соединения. Причина этого заключается в том, что время передачи сигнала с одного конца сети к другому превышает время, необходимое, чтобы поместить целый пакет в сеть. Два устройства, вызвавшие поздний конфликт, никогда не видят пакет, отправляемый другим устройством, пока он не будет полностью помещен в сеть. Поздние конфликты обнаруживаются передатчиком только после истечения первого временного интервала для передачи 64 байтов. Это связано с тем, что конфликты обнаруживаются только при передаче пакетов длиннее 64 байтов.

Поздние конфликты являются следствием неправильной прокладки кабелей или несовместимого числа концентраторов в сети. Неисправные сетевые платы также могут вызывать поздние конфликты.

Хорошие кадры (1 конфликт)

Общее число кадров, которые испытали только один конфликт, а затем были успешно переданы.

Конфликты в полудуплексной среде — обычное ожидаемое поведение.

Хорошие кадры (> 1 конфликта)

Общее число кадров, которые испытали от 2 до 15 конфликтов включительно, а затем были успешно переданы.

Конфликты в полудуплексной среде — обычное ожидаемое поведение. По мере приближения к верхнему пределу данного счетчика для таких кадров возрастает риск превышения 15 конфликтов и причисления к частым конфликтам.

Отброшенные кадры сети VLAN

Число кадров, отброшенных интерфейсом из-за задания бита CFI.

Биту Canonical Format Indicator (CFI) в TCI кадра 802.1q задается значение 0 для канонического формата кадра Ethernet. Если биту CFI задано значение 1, это указывает на наличие поля сведений о маршрутизации (RIF) или неканонического кадра Token Ring, который отброшен.

Received Frames (принятые кадры)

No bandwidth frames (кадры с недостатком пропускной способности)

Только 2900/3500XL. Количество раз, которое порт принимал пакеты из сети, но у коммутатора не было ресурсов для его принятия. Это случается только в условиях высокой нагрузки, но может произойти и в случае всплесков трафика на нескольких портах. Таким образом, небольшое число в поле «No bandwidth frames» – не повод для беспокойства. (Оно должно оставаться намного меньше одного процента принятых кадров.)

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафиком данного интерфейса. Если в этом поле наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный интерфейс.

No buffers frames (кадры без буфера)

Только 2900/3500XL. Количество раз, которое порт принимал пакеты из сети, но у коммутатора не было ресурсов для его принятия. Это случается только в условиях высокой нагрузки, но может произойти и в случае всплесков трафика на нескольких портах. Таким образом, небольшое число в поле «No buffers frames» – не повод для беспокойства. (Оно должно оставаться намного меньше одного процента принятых кадров.)

Отбрасывание кадров вызвано чрезмерной нагрузкой трафиком данного интерфейса. Если в этом поле наблюдается рост числа пакетов, уменьшите нагрузку на данный интерфейс.

No dest, unicast (одноадресные пакеты без назначения)

Это число одноадресных пакетов, которые не были пересланы данным портом другим портам.

Ниже дается краткое описание случаев, когда значение счетчиков «No dest» (unicast, multicast и broadcast) может возрастать.

  • Если порт является точкой доступа и подключен к магистральному порту Inter-Switch Link Protocol (ISL), счетчик «No dest» принимает очень большие значения, так как все входящие ISL-пакеты не пересылаются. Это недопустимая конфигурация.

  • Если порт блокирован протоколом STP, большинство пакетов не пересылается, что приводит к увеличению пакетов без назначения. Сразу после того, как порт установил соединение, в течение очень короткого промежутка времени (менее одной секунды) входящие пакеты не пересылаются.

  • Если данный порт находится в некоторой сети VLAN, а все остальные порты коммутатора этой сети VLAN не принадлежат, все входящие пакеты отбрасываются, а значение счетчика увеличивается.

  • Значение счетчика также возрастает при определении адреса назначения пакета в порту, в котором этот пакет был принят. Если пакет был принят в порту 0/1 с MAC-адресом назначения X, а коммутатор уже определил, что MAC-адрес X находится в порту 0/1, значение счетчика увеличивается, а пакет отбрасывается. Это может происходить в следующих ситуациях.

    • Если концентратор подключен к порту 0/1, а подключенная к нему рабочая станция передает пакеты другой рабочей станции, подключенной к этому же концентратору, порт 0/1 никуда не пересылает этот пакет, так как MAC-адрес находится в том же порту.

    • Это также может произойти, если для определения MAC-адресов коммутатор, подключенный к порту 0/1, начинает наводнять пакетами все свои порты.

  • Если на другом порту той же сети VLAN настроен статический адрес, а для принимающего порта статический адрес не задан, то пакет отбрасывается. Например, если статическое сопоставление MAC-адреса X было настроено в порту 0/2 для пересылки трафика порту 0/3, то пакет должен быть получен портом 0/2 или будет отброшен. Если пакет отправляется от любого другого порта в сети VLAN, которой принадлежит порт 0/2, то пакет отбрасывается.

  • Если порт является защищенным, пакеты с запрещенными исходными MAC-адресами не пересылаются, а значение счетчика увеличивается.

No dest, multicast (многоадресные пакеты без назначения)

Это число многоадресных пакетов, которые не были пересланы данным портом другим портам.

No dest,broadcast (широковещательные пакеты без назначения)

Это число широковещательных пакетов, которые не были пересланы данным портом другим портам.

Alignment errors (ошибки выравнивания)

Ошибки выравнивания определяются числом полученных кадров, которые не заканчиваются четным количеством октетов и имеют неверную контрольную сумму CRC.

Ошибки выравнивания вызываются неполным копированием кадра в канал, что приводит к фрагментированным кадрам. Ошибки выравнивания являются результатом конфликтов при несоответствии дуплексных режимов, неисправном оборудовании (сетевой плате, кабеле или порте), или подключенное устройство генерирует кадры, не завершающиеся октетом, или с неверной последовательностью FCS.

FCS errors (ошибки FCS)

Число ошибок последовательности FCS соответствует числу кадров, принятых с неверной контрольной суммой (CRC) в кадре Ethernet. Такие кадры отбрасываются и не передаются на другие порты.

Ошибки FCS являются результатом конфликтов в случае несоответствия дуплексных режимов, неисправного оборудования (сетевая плата, кабель или порт) или кадров с неверной последовательностью FCS, формируемых подключенным устройством.

Undersize frames (неполномерные кадры)

Это общее число принятых пакетов с длиной менее 64 октетов (без битов кадрирования, но с октетами FCS) и допустимым значением FCS.

Это указывает на поврежденный кадр, сформированный подключенным устройством. Убедитесь, что подключенное устройство функционирует правильно.

Oversize frames (кадры избыточного размера)

Число принятых портом из сети пакетов с длиной более 1514 байтов.

Это может указывать на сбой оборудования либо проблемы конфигурации режима магистрального соединения для dot1q или ISL.

Collision fragments (фрагменты с конфликтами)

Общее число кадров с длиной менее 64 октетов (без битов кадрирования, но с октетами FCS) и неверным значением FCS.

Увеличение значения этого счетчика указывает на то, что порты настроены на полудуплексный режим. Установите в настройках дуплексный режим.

Overrun frames (кадры с переполнением)

Количество раз, которое оборудованию приемника не удалось поместить принятые данные в аппаратный буфер.

Входящая скорость трафика превысила способность приемника к обработке данных.

VLAN filtered frames (кадры, отфильтрованные по сети VLAN)

Общее число кадров, отфильтрованных по типу содержащейся в них информации о сети VLAN.

Порт можно настроить на фильтрацию кадров с тегами 802.1Q. При получении кадра с тегом 802.1Q он фильтруется, а значение счетчика увеличивается.

Source routed frames (кадры с маршрутом источника)

Общее число полученных кадров, которые были отброшены из-за задания бита маршрута источника в адресе источника собственного кадра.

Этот тип маршрутизации источников определен только для Token Ring и FDDI. Спецификация IEEE Ethernet запрещает задание этого бита в кадрах Ethernet. Поэтому коммутатор отбрасывает такие кадры.

Valid oversize frames (допустимые кадры избыточного размера)

Общее число полученных кадров с длиной, превышающей значение параметра System MTU, но с правильными значениями FCS.

В данном случае собирается статистика о кадрах с длиной превышающей настроенное значение параметра System MTU, размер которых можно увеличить с 1518 байтов до размера, разрешенного для инкапсуляции Q-in-Q или MPLS.

Symbol error frames (кадры с ошибками символа)

В Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Base-X) используется кодирование 8B/10B для преобразования 8-битных данных из MAC-подуровня (уровень 2) в 10-битный символ для отправки по проводу. Когда порт получает символ, он извлекает 8-битные данные из данного символа (10 битов).

Символьная ошибка означает, что интерфейс обнаружил прием неопределенного (недопустимого) символа. Небольшое число символьных ошибок можно игнорировать. Большое число символьных ошибок может указывать на неисправность устройства, кабеля или оборудования.

Invalid frames, too large (недопустимые кадры, слишком большие)

Кадры с недопустимо большой величиной или полученные кадры с неверной последовательностью FCS, размер которых превышает размер максимального кадра в IEEE 802.3 (1518 байт для сетей Ethernet без поддержки jumbo-кадров).

В большинстве случаев это является следствием поврежденной сетевой интерфейсной платы. Попробуйте найти проблемное устройство и удалить его из сети.

Invalid frames, too small (недопустимые кадры, слишком маленькие)

Кадры с недопустимо маленькой величиной или кадры, размером менее 64 байта (с битами FCS, но без заголовка кадра) и недопустимым значением FCS или ошибкой выравнивания.

Это может произойти из-за несоответствия дуплексных режимов и физических проблем, таких как неисправный кабель, порт или сетевая плата на подключенном устройстве.

Команда Show Top для CatOS

Команда show top позволяет собирать и анализировать данные о каждом физическом порте коммутатора. Данная команда для каждого физического порта отображает следующие данные:

  • уровень загрузки порта (Uti %)

  • число входящих и исходящих байтов (Bytes)

  • число входящих и исходящих пакетов (Pkts)

  • число входящих и исходящих пакетов широковещательной рассылки (Bcst)

  • число входящих и исходящих пакетов многоадресной рассылки (Mcst)

  • число ошибок (Error)

  • число ошибок переполнения буфера (Overflow)

 

Примечание: При вычислении уровня загрузки порта данная команда объединяет строки Tx и Rx в один счетчик, а также определяет пропускную способность в дуплексном режиме при вычислении процента загруженности. Например, порт Gigabit Ethernet работает в дуплексном режиме с пропускной способностью 2000 Мбит/с.

Число ошибок (in Errors) представляет сумму всех пакетов с ошибками, полученных данным портом.

Переполнение буфера означает, что порт принимает больше трафика, чем может быть сохранено в его буфере. Это может быть вызвано пульсирующим трафиком, а также переполнением буферов. Предлагаемое действие — уменьшить скорость передачи исходного устройства.

Также см. значения счетчиков «In-Lost» и «Out-Lost» в выходных данных команды show mac .

Распространенные сообщения о системных ошибках

В Cisco IOS иногда используется различный формат для системных сообщений. Для сравнения можно проверить системные сообщения CatOS и Cisco IOS. Описание выпусков используемого программного обеспечения см. в руководстве Сообщения и процедуры восстановления. Например, можно прочитать документ Сообщения и процедуры восстановления для ПО CatOS версии 7.6 и сравнить его с содержимым документа Сообщения и процедуры восстановления для выпусков Cisco IOS 12.1 E.

Сообщения об ошибках в модулях WS-X6348

Просмотите следующие сообщения об ошибках.

  • Coil Pinnacle Header Checksum (контрольная сумма заголовка Coil/Pinnacle)

  • Ошибка состояния компьютера Coil Mdtif

  • Ошибка контрольной суммы пакета Coil Mdtif.

  • Ошибка «Coil Pb Rx Underflow»

  • Ошибка четности Coil Pb Rx

Можно проверить наличие в сообщениях системного журнала одной из описанных ниже ошибок.

%SYS-5-SYS_LCPERR5:Module 9: Coil Pinnacle Header Checksum Error - Port #37

При появлении этого типа сообщений или в случае сбоя группы портов 10/100 в модулях WS-X6348 см. в следующих документах дальнейшие советы по устранению неполадок в зависимости от используемой операционной системы.

%PAGP-5-PORTTO / FROMSTP и %ETHC-5-PORTTO / FROMSTP

В CatOS используйте команду show logging buffer для просмотра сохраненных сообщений журнала. Для Cisco IOS используйте команду show logging .

Протокол PAgP выполняет согласование каналов EtherChannel между коммутаторами. Если устройство присоединяется или покидает порт моста, на консоли отображается информационное сообщение. В большинстве случае появление этого сообщение совершенно нормально, однако при появлении таких сообщений на портах, которые по каким-то причинам не участвуют в переброске, требуется дополнительное изучение. Для изучения консольных сообщений всегда можно обратиться в IT-аутсорсинговую компанию, которая специализируется на обслуживании сетевого оборудования.

В программном обеспечении CatOS версии 7.x или выше «PAGP-5» изменено на «ETHC-5», чтобы сделать данное сообщение более понятным.

Это сообщение характерно для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 4000, 5000 и 6000 с ПО CatOS. Для коммутаторов с ПО Cisco IOS нет сообщений об ошибках, эквивалентных данному.

%SPANTREE-3-PORTDEL_FAILNOTFOUND

Это сообщение не указывает на проблему с коммутатором. Оно обычно возникает вместе с сообщениями %PAGP-5-PORTFROMSTP.

Протокол PAgP выполняет согласование каналов EtherChannel между коммутаторами. Если устройство присоединяется или покидает порт моста, на консоли отображается информационное сообщение. В большинстве случае появление этого сообщение совершенно нормально и не требует, каких-либо действий вроде аудита IT-инфраструктуры, однако при появлении таких сообщений на портах, которые по каким-то причинам не участвуют в переброске, требуется дополнительное изучение. 

Это сообщение характерно для коммутаторов серии Catalyst 4000, 5000 и 6000 с ПО CatOS. Для коммутаторов с ПО Cisco IOS нет сообщений об ошибках, эквивалентных данному. 

%SYS-4-PORT_GBICBADEEPROM: / %SYS-4-PORT_GBICNOTSUPP

Наиболее распространенная причина появления этого сообщения заключается в установке несертифицированного стороннего (не Cisco) конвертера GBIC в модуль Gigabit Ethernet. У такого конвертера GBIC нет памяти Cisco SEEPROM, что приводит к созданию сообщения об ошибке.

GBIC-модули WS-G5484, WS-G5486 и WS-G5487, используемые с WS-X6408-GBIC, также могут вызвать появление таких сообщений об ошибках, однако реальных проблем с данными платами и GBIC-модулями нет, а для программного обеспечения есть обновленное исправление.

Команда отклонена: [интерфейс] не является коммутационным портом

В коммутаторах, поддерживающих и интерфейсы L3, и коммутационные порты L2, сообщение Команда отклонена: [интерфейс] не является коммутационным портом отображается при попытке ввода команды, относящейся к уровню2, для порта, который настроен в качестве интерфейса уровня 3.

Чтобы преобразовать данный интерфейс из режима уровня 3 в режим уровня 2, выполните команду настройки интерфейса switchport. После применения этой команды настройте для данного порта требуемые свойства уровня 2.

Часть 4

You can view the counters for a port on a Cisco switch using the
show interfaces command. E.g., if I want to check on whether

cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors have been occurring on port fa0/16,
I can issue the command shown below:

Huron>show interfaces fa0/16
FastEthernet0/16 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
  Hardware is Fast Ethernet, address is 0009.e897.d290 (bia 0009.e897.d290)
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
     reliability 255/255, txload 19/255, rxload 1/255
  Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
  Keepalive set (10 sec)
  Full-duplex, 10Mb/s, media type is 100BaseTX
  input flow-control is unsupported output flow-control is unsupported
  ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
  Last input never, output 00:00:00, output hang never
  Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h
  Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
  Queueing strategy: fifo
  Output queue: 0/40 (size/max)
  5 minute input rate 24000 bits/sec, 40 packets/sec
  5 minute output rate 756000 bits/sec, 64 packets/sec
     46168 packets input, 4608074 bytes, 0 no buffer
     Received 1250 broadcasts (1161 multicast)
     0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
     121 input errors, 16 CRC, 105 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
     0 watchdog, 1161 multicast, 0 pause input
     0 input packets with dribble condition detected
     255151 packets output, 119141892 bytes, 0 underruns
     0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
     0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
     0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
     0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
Huron>

I can see that 16 CRC errors have occurred since the counters for this
port were last reset 2 days and 17 hours ago. I can tell the counters for
the port were reset that long ago from the line below that appears in
the output of the «show interface» command.

Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d17h

I can reset the counters by entering

privileged EXEC mode by isssuing the enable command. I can
then clear the counters for just the one particular port by the command
clear counters port_designator. When you enter the
command you will be prompted to confirm that you wish the counters
on the interface to be reset. You can enter y to confirm that
you wish that action taken. E.g.:

Udemy Generic Category (English)120x600

Huron>enable
Password:
Huron#clear counters fa0/16
Clear "show interface" counters on this interface [confirm]y
Huron#show interface fa0/16
FastEthernet0/16 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
  Hardware is Fast Ethernet, address is 0009.e897.d290 (bia 0009.e897.d290)
  MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
     reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
  Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
  Keepalive set (10 sec)
  Full-duplex, 10Mb/s, media type is 100BaseTX
  input flow-control is unsupported output flow-control is unsupported
  ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
  Last input never, output 00:00:01, output hang never
  Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:01:27
  Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
  Queueing strategy: fifo
  Output queue: 0/40 (size/max)
  5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
  5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
     0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 no buffer
     Received 0 broadcasts (0 multicast)
     0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
     0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
     0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input
     0 input packets with dribble condition detected
     80 packets output, 7161 bytes, 0 underruns
     0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
     0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
     0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
     0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
Huron#

In addition to resetting the error counters, the clear counters
command also resets the input and output counters.

Huron>show interfaces fa0/16 counters

Port            InOctets   InUcastPkts   InMcastPkts   InBcastPkts
Fa0/16            386867          1624           294            21

Port           OutOctets  OutUcastPkts  OutMcastPkts  OutBcastPkts
Fa0/16           2527937          2352           671            39
Huron>enable
Password:
Huron#clear counters fa0/16
Clear "show interface" counters on this interface [confirm]y
Huron#show interfaces fa0/16 counters

Port            InOctets   InUcastPkts   InMcastPkts   InBcastPkts
Fa0/16                 0             0             0             0

Port           OutOctets  OutUcastPkts  OutMcastPkts  OutBcastPkts
Fa0/16               192             0             3             0
Huron#

  • Cisco ошибка certificate validation failure
  • Cisco vpn ошибка 433
  • Cisco vpn ошибка 422
  • Cisco vpn client ошибка 429
  • Cisco vpn client ошибка 412